1 /* subst.c -- The part of the shell that does parameter, command, arithmetic,
2 and globbing substitutions. */
4 /* ``Have a little faith, there's magic in the night. You ain't a
5 beauty, but, hey, you're alright.'' */
7 /* Copyright (C) 1987-2020 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
9 This file is part of GNU Bash, the Bourne Again SHell.
11 Bash is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
12 it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
13 the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
14 (at your option) any later version.
16 Bash is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
17 but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
18 MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
19 GNU General Public License for more details.
21 You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
22 along with Bash. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
27 #include "bashtypes.h"
29 #include "chartypes.h"
30 #if defined (HAVE_PWD_H)
36 #if defined (HAVE_UNISTD_H)
40 #define NEED_FPURGE_DECL
43 #include "posixstat.h"
50 #include "execute_cmd.h"
54 #include "mailcheck.h"
57 #if defined (HAVE_MBSTR_H) && defined (HAVE_MBSCHR)
58 # include <mbstr.h> /* mbschr */
62 #include "builtins/getopt.h"
63 #include "builtins/common.h"
65 #include "builtins/builtext.h"
67 #include <tilde/tilde.h>
68 #include <glob/strmatch.h>
74 /* The size that strings change by. */
75 #define DEFAULT_INITIAL_ARRAY_SIZE 112
76 #define DEFAULT_ARRAY_SIZE 128
82 #define VT_ARRAYMEMBER 3
85 #define VT_STARSUB 128 /* $* or ${array[*]} -- used to split */
87 /* Flags for quoted_strchr */
88 #define ST_BACKSL 0x01
89 #define ST_CTLESC 0x02
90 #define ST_SQUOTE 0x04 /* unused yet */
91 #define ST_DQUOTE 0x08 /* unused yet */
93 /* These defs make it easier to use the editor. */
101 #if defined (HANDLE_MULTIBYTE)
106 #define DOLLAR_AT_STAR(c) ((c) == '@' || (c) == '*')
107 #define STR_DOLLAR_AT_STAR(s) (DOLLAR_AT_STAR ((s)[0]) && (s)[1] == '\0')
109 /* Evaluates to 1 if C is one of the shell's special parameters whose length
110 can be taken, but is also one of the special expansion characters. */
111 #define VALID_SPECIAL_LENGTH_PARAM(c) \
112 ((c) == '-' || (c) == '?' || (c) == '#' || (c) == '@')
114 /* Evaluates to 1 if C is one of the shell's special parameters for which an
115 indirect variable reference may be made. */
116 #define VALID_INDIR_PARAM(c) \
117 ((posixly_correct == 0 && (c) == '#') || (posixly_correct == 0 && (c) == '?') || (c) == '@' || (c) == '*')
119 /* Evaluates to 1 if C is one of the OP characters that follows the parameter
120 in ${parameter[:]OPword}. */
121 #define VALID_PARAM_EXPAND_CHAR(c) (sh_syntaxtab[(unsigned char)c] & CSUBSTOP)
123 /* Evaluates to 1 if this is one of the shell's special variables. */
124 #define SPECIAL_VAR(name, wi) \
125 (*name && ((DIGIT (*name) && all_digits (name)) || \
126 (name[1] == '\0' && (sh_syntaxtab[(unsigned char)*name] & CSPECVAR)) || \
127 (wi && name[2] == '\0' && VALID_INDIR_PARAM (name[1]))))
129 /* This can be used by all of the *_extract_* functions that have a similar
130 structure. It can't just be wrapped in a do...while(0) loop because of
131 the embedded `break'. The dangling else accommodates a trailing semicolon;
132 we could also put in a do ; while (0) */
134 #define CHECK_STRING_OVERRUN(oind, ind, len, ch) \
143 /* An expansion function that takes a string and a quoted flag and returns
144 a WORD_LIST *. Used as the type of the third argument to
145 expand_string_if_necessary(). */
146 typedef WORD_LIST
*EXPFUNC
PARAMS((char *, int));
148 /* Process ID of the last command executed within command substitution. */
149 pid_t last_command_subst_pid
= NO_PID
;
150 pid_t current_command_subst_pid
= NO_PID
;
152 /* Variables used to keep track of the characters in IFS. */
155 unsigned char ifs_cmap
[UCHAR_MAX
+ 1];
156 int ifs_is_set
, ifs_is_null
;
158 #if defined (HANDLE_MULTIBYTE)
159 unsigned char ifs_firstc
[MB_LEN_MAX
];
160 size_t ifs_firstc_len
;
162 unsigned char ifs_firstc
;
165 /* If non-zero, command substitution inherits the value of errexit option */
166 int inherit_errexit
= 0;
168 /* Sentinel to tell when we are performing variable assignments preceding a
169 command name and putting them into the environment. Used to make sure
170 we use the temporary environment when looking up variable values. */
171 int assigning_in_environment
;
173 /* Used to hold a list of variable assignments preceding a command. Global
174 so the SIGCHLD handler in jobs.c can unwind-protect it when it runs a
175 SIGCHLD trap and so it can be saved and restored by the trap handlers. */
176 WORD_LIST
*subst_assign_varlist
= (WORD_LIST
*)NULL
;
178 /* Tell the expansion functions to not longjmp back to top_level on fatal
179 errors. Enabled when doing completion and prompt string expansion. */
180 int no_longjmp_on_fatal_error
= 0;
182 /* Non-zero means to allow unmatched globbed filenames to expand to
184 int allow_null_glob_expansion
;
186 /* Non-zero means to throw an error when globbing fails to match anything. */
187 int fail_glob_expansion
;
189 /* Extern functions and variables from different files. */
190 extern struct fd_bitmap
*current_fds_to_close
;
191 extern int wordexp_only
;
193 #if defined (JOB_CONTROL) && defined (PROCESS_SUBSTITUTION)
194 extern PROCESS
*last_procsub_child
;
197 #if !defined (HAVE_WCSDUP) && defined (HANDLE_MULTIBYTE)
198 extern wchar_t *wcsdup
PARAMS((const wchar_t *));
202 /* Variables to keep track of which words in an expanded word list (the
203 output of expand_word_list_internal) are the result of globbing
204 expansions. GLOB_ARGV_FLAGS is used by execute_cmd.c.
205 (CURRENTLY UNUSED). */
206 char *glob_argv_flags
;
207 static int glob_argv_flags_size
;
210 static WORD_LIST
*cached_quoted_dollar_at
= 0;
212 /* Distinguished error values to return from expansion functions */
213 static WORD_LIST expand_word_error
, expand_word_fatal
;
214 static WORD_DESC expand_wdesc_error
, expand_wdesc_fatal
;
215 static char expand_param_error
, expand_param_fatal
, expand_param_unset
;
216 static char extract_string_error
, extract_string_fatal
;
218 /* Set by expand_word_unsplit and several of the expand_string_XXX functions;
219 used to inhibit splitting and re-joining $* on $IFS, primarily when doing
220 assignment statements. The idea is that if we're in a context where this
221 is set, we're not going to be performing word splitting, so we use the same
222 rules to expand $* as we would if it appeared within double quotes. */
223 static int expand_no_split_dollar_star
= 0;
225 /* A WORD_LIST of words to be expanded by expand_word_list_internal,
226 without any leading variable assignments. */
227 static WORD_LIST
*garglist
= (WORD_LIST
*)NULL
;
229 static char *quoted_substring
PARAMS((char *, int, int));
230 static int quoted_strlen
PARAMS((char *));
231 static char *quoted_strchr
PARAMS((char *, int, int));
233 static char *expand_string_if_necessary
PARAMS((char *, int, EXPFUNC
*));
234 static inline char *expand_string_to_string_internal
PARAMS((char *, int, EXPFUNC
*));
235 static WORD_LIST
*call_expand_word_internal
PARAMS((WORD_DESC
*, int, int, int *, int *));
236 static WORD_LIST
*expand_string_internal
PARAMS((char *, int));
237 static WORD_LIST
*expand_string_leave_quoted
PARAMS((char *, int));
238 static WORD_LIST
*expand_string_for_rhs
PARAMS((char *, int, int, int, int *, int *));
239 static WORD_LIST
*expand_string_for_pat
PARAMS((char *, int, int *, int *));
241 static char *quote_escapes_internal
PARAMS((const char *, int));
243 static WORD_LIST
*list_quote_escapes
PARAMS((WORD_LIST
*));
244 static WORD_LIST
*list_dequote_escapes
PARAMS((WORD_LIST
*));
246 static char *make_quoted_char
PARAMS((int));
247 static WORD_LIST
*quote_list
PARAMS((WORD_LIST
*));
249 static int unquoted_substring
PARAMS((char *, char *));
250 static int unquoted_member
PARAMS((int, char *));
252 #if defined (ARRAY_VARS)
253 static SHELL_VAR
*do_compound_assignment
PARAMS((char *, char *, int));
255 static int do_assignment_internal
PARAMS((const WORD_DESC
*, int));
257 static char *string_extract_verbatim
PARAMS((char *, size_t, int *, char *, int));
258 static char *string_extract
PARAMS((char *, int *, char *, int));
259 static char *string_extract_double_quoted
PARAMS((char *, int *, int));
260 static inline char *string_extract_single_quoted
PARAMS((char *, int *));
261 static inline int skip_single_quoted
PARAMS((const char *, size_t, int, int));
262 static int skip_double_quoted
PARAMS((char *, size_t, int, int));
263 static char *extract_delimited_string
PARAMS((char *, int *, char *, char *, char *, int));
264 static char *extract_dollar_brace_string
PARAMS((char *, int *, int, int));
265 static int skip_matched_pair
PARAMS((const char *, int, int, int, int));
267 static char *pos_params
PARAMS((char *, int, int, int, int));
269 static unsigned char *mb_getcharlens
PARAMS((char *, int));
271 static char *remove_upattern
PARAMS((char *, char *, int));
272 #if defined (HANDLE_MULTIBYTE)
273 static wchar_t *remove_wpattern
PARAMS((wchar_t *, size_t, wchar_t *, int));
275 static char *remove_pattern
PARAMS((char *, char *, int));
277 static int match_upattern
PARAMS((char *, char *, int, char **, char **));
278 #if defined (HANDLE_MULTIBYTE)
279 static int match_wpattern
PARAMS((wchar_t *, char **, size_t, wchar_t *, int, char **, char **));
281 static int match_pattern
PARAMS((char *, char *, int, char **, char **));
282 static int getpatspec
PARAMS((int, char *));
283 static char *getpattern
PARAMS((char *, int, int));
284 static char *variable_remove_pattern
PARAMS((char *, char *, int, int));
285 static char *list_remove_pattern
PARAMS((WORD_LIST
*, char *, int, int, int));
286 static char *parameter_list_remove_pattern
PARAMS((int, char *, int, int));
288 static char *array_remove_pattern
PARAMS((SHELL_VAR
*, char *, int, int, int));
290 static char *parameter_brace_remove_pattern
PARAMS((char *, char *, int, char *, int, int, int));
292 static char *string_var_assignment
PARAMS((SHELL_VAR
*, char *));
293 #if defined (ARRAY_VARS)
294 static char *array_var_assignment
PARAMS((SHELL_VAR
*, int, int, int));
296 static char *pos_params_assignment
PARAMS((WORD_LIST
*, int, int));
297 static char *string_transform
PARAMS((int, SHELL_VAR
*, char *));
298 static char *list_transform
PARAMS((int, SHELL_VAR
*, WORD_LIST
*, int, int));
299 static char *parameter_list_transform
PARAMS((int, int, int));
300 #if defined ARRAY_VARS
301 static char *array_transform
PARAMS((int, SHELL_VAR
*, int, int));
303 static char *parameter_brace_transform
PARAMS((char *, char *, int, char *, int, int, int, int));
304 static int valid_parameter_transform
PARAMS((char *));
306 static char *process_substitute
PARAMS((char *, int));
308 static char *read_comsub
PARAMS((int, int, int, int *));
311 static arrayind_t array_length_reference
PARAMS((char *));
314 static int valid_brace_expansion_word
PARAMS((char *, int));
315 static int chk_atstar
PARAMS((char *, int, int, int *, int *));
316 static int chk_arithsub
PARAMS((const char *, int));
318 static WORD_DESC
*parameter_brace_expand_word
PARAMS((char *, int, int, int, arrayind_t
*));
319 static char *parameter_brace_find_indir
PARAMS((char *, int, int, int));
320 static WORD_DESC
*parameter_brace_expand_indir
PARAMS((char *, int, int, int, int *, int *));
321 static WORD_DESC
*parameter_brace_expand_rhs
PARAMS((char *, char *, int, int, int, int *, int *));
322 static void parameter_brace_expand_error
PARAMS((char *, char *, int));
324 static int valid_length_expression
PARAMS((char *));
325 static intmax_t parameter_brace_expand_length
PARAMS((char *));
327 static char *skiparith
PARAMS((char *, int));
328 static int verify_substring_values
PARAMS((SHELL_VAR
*, char *, char *, int, intmax_t *, intmax_t *));
329 static int get_var_and_type
PARAMS((char *, char *, arrayind_t
, int, int, SHELL_VAR
**, char **));
330 static char *mb_substring
PARAMS((char *, int, int));
331 static char *parameter_brace_substring
PARAMS((char *, char *, int, char *, int, int, int));
333 static int shouldexp_replacement
PARAMS((char *));
335 static char *pos_params_pat_subst
PARAMS((char *, char *, char *, int));
337 static char *parameter_brace_patsub
PARAMS((char *, char *, int, char *, int, int, int));
339 static char *pos_params_casemod
PARAMS((char *, char *, int, int));
340 static char *parameter_brace_casemod
PARAMS((char *, char *, int, int, char *, int, int, int));
342 static WORD_DESC
*parameter_brace_expand
PARAMS((char *, int *, int, int, int *, int *));
343 static WORD_DESC
*param_expand
PARAMS((char *, int *, int, int *, int *, int *, int *, int));
345 static WORD_LIST
*expand_word_internal
PARAMS((WORD_DESC
*, int, int, int *, int *));
347 static WORD_LIST
*word_list_split
PARAMS((WORD_LIST
*));
349 static void exp_jump_to_top_level
PARAMS((int));
351 static WORD_LIST
*separate_out_assignments
PARAMS((WORD_LIST
*));
352 static WORD_LIST
*glob_expand_word_list
PARAMS((WORD_LIST
*, int));
353 #ifdef BRACE_EXPANSION
354 static WORD_LIST
*brace_expand_word_list
PARAMS((WORD_LIST
*, int));
356 #if defined (ARRAY_VARS)
357 static int make_internal_declare
PARAMS((char *, char *, char *));
358 static void expand_compound_assignment_word
PARAMS((WORD_LIST
*, int));
359 static WORD_LIST
*expand_declaration_argument
PARAMS((WORD_LIST
*, WORD_LIST
*));
361 static WORD_LIST
*shell_expand_word_list
PARAMS((WORD_LIST
*, int));
362 static WORD_LIST
*expand_word_list_internal
PARAMS((WORD_LIST
*, int));
364 /* **************************************************************** */
366 /* Utility Functions */
368 /* **************************************************************** */
372 dump_word_flags (flags
)
378 fprintf (stderr
, "%d -> ", f
);
382 fprintf (stderr
, "W_ARRAYIND%s", f
? "|" : "");
384 if (f
& W_ASSIGNASSOC
)
387 fprintf (stderr
, "W_ASSIGNASSOC%s", f
? "|" : "");
389 if (f
& W_ASSIGNARRAY
)
392 fprintf (stderr
, "W_ASSIGNARRAY%s", f
? "|" : "");
394 if (f
& W_SAWQUOTEDNULL
)
396 f
&= ~W_SAWQUOTEDNULL
;
397 fprintf (stderr
, "W_SAWQUOTEDNULL%s", f
? "|" : "");
402 fprintf (stderr
, "W_NOPROCSUB%s", f
? "|" : "");
407 fprintf (stderr
, "W_DQUOTE%s", f
? "|" : "");
409 if (f
& W_HASQUOTEDNULL
)
411 f
&= ~W_HASQUOTEDNULL
;
412 fprintf (stderr
, "W_HASQUOTEDNULL%s", f
? "|" : "");
417 fprintf (stderr
, "W_ASSIGNARG%s", f
? "|" : "");
422 fprintf (stderr
, "W_ASSNBLTIN%s", f
? "|" : "");
424 if (f
& W_ASSNGLOBAL
)
427 fprintf (stderr
, "W_ASSNGLOBAL%s", f
? "|" : "");
429 if (f
& W_COMPASSIGN
)
432 fprintf (stderr
, "W_COMPASSIGN%s", f
? "|" : "");
437 fprintf (stderr
, "W_EXPANDRHS%s", f
? "|" : "");
442 fprintf (stderr
, "W_ITILDE%s", f
? "|" : "");
447 fprintf (stderr
, "W_NOTILDE%s", f
? "|" : "");
452 fprintf (stderr
, "W_ASSIGNRHS%s", f
? "|" : "");
454 if (f
& W_NOASSNTILDE
)
457 fprintf (stderr
, "W_NOASSNTILDE%s", f
? "|" : "");
462 fprintf (stderr
, "W_NOCOMSUB%s", f
? "|" : "");
464 if (f
& W_DOLLARSTAR
)
467 fprintf (stderr
, "W_DOLLARSTAR%s", f
? "|" : "");
472 fprintf (stderr
, "W_DOLLARAT%s", f
? "|" : "");
477 fprintf (stderr
, "W_TILDEEXP%s", f
? "|" : "");
482 fprintf (stderr
, "W_NOSPLIT2%s", f
? "|" : "");
487 fprintf (stderr
, "W_NOSPLIT%s", f
? "|" : "");
492 fprintf (stderr
, "W_NOBRACE%s", f
? "|" : "");
497 fprintf (stderr
, "W_NOGLOB%s", f
? "|" : "");
499 if (f
& W_SPLITSPACE
)
502 fprintf (stderr
, "W_SPLITSPACE%s", f
? "|" : "");
504 if (f
& W_ASSIGNMENT
)
507 fprintf (stderr
, "W_ASSIGNMENT%s", f
? "|" : "");
512 fprintf (stderr
, "W_QUOTED%s", f
? "|" : "");
517 fprintf (stderr
, "W_HASDOLLAR%s", f
? "|" : "");
522 fprintf (stderr
, "W_COMPLETE%s", f
? "|" : "");
527 fprintf (stderr
, "W_CHKLOCAL%s", f
? "|" : "");
529 if (f
& W_FORCELOCAL
)
532 fprintf (stderr
, "W_FORCELOCAL%s", f
? "|" : "");
535 fprintf (stderr
, "\n");
540 #ifdef INCLUDE_UNUSED
542 quoted_substring (string
, start
, end
)
547 register char *result
, *s
, *r
;
551 /* Move to string[start], skipping quoted characters. */
552 for (s
= string
, l
= 0; *s
&& l
< start
; )
564 r
= result
= (char *)xmalloc (2*len
+ 1); /* save room for quotes */
566 /* Copy LEN characters, including quote characters. */
568 for (l
= 0; l
< len
; s
++)
582 #ifdef INCLUDE_UNUSED
583 /* Return the length of S, skipping over quoted characters */
607 #ifdef INCLUDE_UNUSED
608 /* Find the first occurrence of character C in string S, obeying shell
609 quoting rules. If (FLAGS & ST_BACKSL) is non-zero, backslash-escaped
610 characters are skipped. If (FLAGS & ST_CTLESC) is non-zero, characters
611 escaped with CTLESC are skipped. */
613 quoted_strchr (s
, c
, flags
)
621 if (((flags
& ST_BACKSL
) && *p
== '\\')
622 || ((flags
& ST_CTLESC
) && *p
== CTLESC
))
626 return ((char *)NULL
);
632 return ((char *)NULL
);
635 /* Return 1 if CHARACTER appears in an unquoted portion of
636 STRING. Return 0 otherwise. CHARACTER must be a single-byte character. */
638 unquoted_member (character
, string
)
646 slen
= strlen (string
);
648 while (c
= string
[sindex
])
656 ADVANCE_CHAR (string
, slen
, sindex
);
662 ADVANCE_CHAR (string
, slen
, sindex
);
666 sindex
= skip_single_quoted (string
, slen
, ++sindex
, 0);
670 sindex
= skip_double_quoted (string
, slen
, ++sindex
, 0);
677 /* Return 1 if SUBSTR appears in an unquoted portion of STRING. */
679 unquoted_substring (substr
, string
)
680 char *substr
, *string
;
683 int sindex
, c
, sublen
;
686 if (substr
== 0 || *substr
== '\0')
689 slen
= strlen (string
);
690 sublen
= strlen (substr
);
691 for (sindex
= 0; c
= string
[sindex
]; )
693 if (STREQN (string
+ sindex
, substr
, sublen
))
701 ADVANCE_CHAR (string
, slen
, sindex
);
705 sindex
= skip_single_quoted (string
, slen
, ++sindex
, 0);
709 sindex
= skip_double_quoted (string
, slen
, ++sindex
, 0);
713 ADVANCE_CHAR (string
, slen
, sindex
);
721 /* Most of the substitutions must be done in parallel. In order
722 to avoid using tons of unclear goto's, I have some functions
723 for manipulating malloc'ed strings. They all take INDX, a
724 pointer to an integer which is the offset into the string
725 where manipulation is taking place. They also take SIZE, a
726 pointer to an integer which is the current length of the
727 character array for this string. */
729 /* Append SOURCE to TARGET at INDEX. SIZE is the current amount
730 of space allocated to TARGET. SOURCE can be NULL, in which
731 case nothing happens. Gets rid of SOURCE by freeing it.
732 Returns TARGET in case the location has changed. */
734 sub_append_string (source
, target
, indx
, size
)
735 char *source
, *target
;
744 srclen
= STRLEN (source
);
745 if (srclen
>= (int)(*size
- *indx
))
748 n
= (n
+ DEFAULT_ARRAY_SIZE
) - (n
% DEFAULT_ARRAY_SIZE
);
749 target
= (char *)xrealloc (target
, (*size
= n
));
752 FASTCOPY (source
, target
+ *indx
, srclen
);
754 target
[*indx
] = '\0';
763 /* Append the textual representation of NUMBER to TARGET.
764 INDX and SIZE are as in SUB_APPEND_STRING. */
766 sub_append_number (number
, target
, indx
, size
)
774 temp
= itos (number
);
775 return (sub_append_string (temp
, target
, indx
, size
));
779 /* Extract a substring from STRING, starting at SINDEX and ending with
780 one of the characters in CHARLIST. Don't make the ending character
781 part of the string. Leave SINDEX pointing at the ending character.
782 Understand about backslashes in the string. If (flags & SX_VARNAME)
783 is non-zero, and array variables have been compiled into the shell,
784 everything between a `[' and a corresponding `]' is skipped over.
785 If (flags & SX_NOALLOC) is non-zero, don't return the substring, just
786 update SINDEX. If (flags & SX_REQMATCH) is non-zero, the string must
787 contain a closing character from CHARLIST. */
789 string_extract (string
, sindex
, charlist
, flags
)
801 slen
= (MB_CUR_MAX
> 1) ? strlen (string
+ *sindex
) + *sindex
: 0;
804 while (c
= string
[i
])
813 #if defined (ARRAY_VARS)
814 else if ((flags
& SX_VARNAME
) && c
== LBRACK
)
817 /* If this is an array subscript, skip over it and continue. */
818 ni
= skipsubscript (string
, i
, 0);
819 if (string
[ni
] == RBRACK
)
823 else if (MEMBER (c
, charlist
))
829 ADVANCE_CHAR (string
, slen
, i
);
832 /* If we had to have a matching delimiter and didn't find one, return an
833 error and let the caller deal with it. */
834 if ((flags
& SX_REQMATCH
) && found
== 0)
837 return (&extract_string_error
);
840 temp
= (flags
& SX_NOALLOC
) ? (char *)NULL
: substring (string
, *sindex
, i
);
846 /* Extract the contents of STRING as if it is enclosed in double quotes.
847 SINDEX, when passed in, is the offset of the character immediately
848 following the opening double quote; on exit, SINDEX is left pointing after
849 the closing double quote. If STRIPDQ is non-zero, unquoted double
850 quotes are stripped and the string is terminated by a null byte.
851 Backslashes between the embedded double quotes are processed. If STRIPDQ
852 is zero, an unquoted `"' terminates the string. */
854 string_extract_double_quoted (string
, sindex
, flags
)
862 char *temp
, *ret
; /* The new string we return. */
863 int pass_next
, backquote
, si
; /* State variables for the machine. */
868 slen
= strlen (string
+ *sindex
) + *sindex
;
869 send
= string
+ slen
;
871 stripdq
= (flags
& SX_STRIPDQ
);
873 pass_next
= backquote
= dquote
= 0;
874 temp
= (char *)xmalloc (1 + slen
- *sindex
);
878 while (c
= string
[i
])
880 /* Process a character that was quoted by a backslash. */
883 /* XXX - take another look at this in light of Interp 221 */
886 ``The backslash shall retain its special meaning as an escape
887 character only when followed by one of the characters:
890 If STRIPDQ is zero, we handle the double quotes here and let
891 expand_word_internal handle the rest. If STRIPDQ is non-zero,
892 we have already been through one round of backslash stripping,
893 and want to strip these backslashes only if DQUOTE is non-zero,
894 indicating that we are inside an embedded double-quoted string. */
896 /* If we are in an embedded quoted string, then don't strip
897 backslashes before characters for which the backslash
898 retains its special meaning, but remove backslashes in
899 front of other characters. If we are not in an
900 embedded quoted string, don't strip backslashes at all.
901 This mess is necessary because the string was already
902 surrounded by double quotes (and sh has some really weird
904 The returned string will be run through expansion as if
905 it were double-quoted. */
906 if ((stripdq
== 0 && c
!= '"') ||
907 (stripdq
&& ((dquote
&& (sh_syntaxtab
[c
] & CBSDQUOTE
)) || dquote
== 0)))
912 COPY_CHAR_I (temp
, j
, string
, send
, i
);
916 /* A backslash protects the next character. The code just above
917 handles preserving the backslash in front of any character but
926 /* Inside backquotes, ``the portion of the quoted string from the
927 initial backquote and the characters up to the next backquote
928 that is not preceded by a backslash, having escape characters
929 removed, defines that command''. */
934 temp
[j
++] = c
; /* COPY_CHAR_I? */
947 /* Pass everything between `$(' and the matching `)' or a quoted
948 ${ ... } pair through according to the Posix.2 specification. */
949 if (c
== '$' && ((string
[i
+ 1] == LPAREN
) || (string
[i
+ 1] == LBRACE
)))
954 if (string
[i
+ 1] == LPAREN
)
955 ret
= extract_command_subst (string
, &si
, (flags
& SX_COMPLETE
));
957 ret
= extract_dollar_brace_string (string
, &si
, Q_DOUBLE_QUOTES
, 0);
960 temp
[j
++] = string
[i
+ 1];
962 /* Just paranoia; ret will not be 0 unless no_longjmp_on_fatal_error
964 if (ret
== 0 && no_longjmp_on_fatal_error
)
967 ret
= string
+ i
+ 2;
970 /* XXX - CHECK_STRING_OVERRUN here? */
971 for (t
= 0; ret
[t
]; t
++, j
++)
973 temp
[j
] = string
[si
];
975 if (si
< i
+ 2) /* we went back? */
990 /* Add any character but a double quote to the quoted string we're
993 goto add_one_character
;
1007 /* Point to after the closing quote. */
1015 /* This should really be another option to string_extract_double_quoted. */
1017 skip_double_quoted (string
, slen
, sind
, flags
)
1025 int pass_next
, backquote
, si
;
1028 pass_next
= backquote
= 0;
1030 while (c
= string
[i
])
1035 ADVANCE_CHAR (string
, slen
, i
);
1048 ADVANCE_CHAR (string
, slen
, i
);
1057 else if (c
== '$' && ((string
[i
+ 1] == LPAREN
) || (string
[i
+ 1] == LBRACE
)))
1060 if (string
[i
+ 1] == LPAREN
)
1061 ret
= extract_command_subst (string
, &si
, SX_NOALLOC
|(flags
&SX_COMPLETE
));
1063 ret
= extract_dollar_brace_string (string
, &si
, Q_DOUBLE_QUOTES
, SX_NOALLOC
);
1065 /* These can consume the entire string if they are unterminated */
1066 CHECK_STRING_OVERRUN (i
, si
, slen
, c
);
1073 ADVANCE_CHAR (string
, slen
, i
);
1086 /* Extract the contents of STRING as if it is enclosed in single quotes.
1087 SINDEX, when passed in, is the offset of the character immediately
1088 following the opening single quote; on exit, SINDEX is left pointing after
1089 the closing single quote. */
1090 static inline char *
1091 string_extract_single_quoted (string
, sindex
)
1100 /* Don't need slen for ADVANCE_CHAR unless multibyte chars possible. */
1101 slen
= (MB_CUR_MAX
> 1) ? strlen (string
+ *sindex
) + *sindex
: 0;
1103 while (string
[i
] && string
[i
] != '\'')
1104 ADVANCE_CHAR (string
, slen
, i
);
1106 t
= substring (string
, *sindex
, i
);
1115 /* Skip over a single-quoted string. We overload the SX_COMPLETE flag to mean
1116 that we are splitting out words for completion and have encountered a $'...'
1117 string, which allows backslash-escaped single quotes. */
1119 skip_single_quoted (string
, slen
, sind
, flags
)
1129 while (string
[c
] && string
[c
] != '\'')
1131 if ((flags
& SX_COMPLETE
) && string
[c
] == '\\' && string
[c
+1] == '\'' && string
[c
+2])
1132 ADVANCE_CHAR (string
, slen
, c
);
1133 ADVANCE_CHAR (string
, slen
, c
);
1141 /* Just like string_extract, but doesn't hack backslashes or any of
1142 that other stuff. Obeys CTLESC quoting. Used to do splitting on $IFS. */
1144 string_extract_verbatim (string
, slen
, sindex
, charlist
, flags
)
1152 #if defined (HANDLE_MULTIBYTE)
1159 if ((flags
& SX_NOCTLESC
) && charlist
[0] == '\'' && charlist
[1] == '\0')
1161 temp
= string_extract_single_quoted (string
, sindex
);
1162 --*sindex
; /* leave *sindex at separator character */
1166 /* This can never be called with charlist == NULL. If *charlist == NULL,
1167 we can skip the loop and just return a copy of the string, updating
1171 temp
= string
+ *sindex
;
1172 c
= (*sindex
== 0) ? slen
: STRLEN (temp
);
1173 temp
= savestring (temp
);
1179 #if defined (HANDLE_MULTIBYTE)
1182 while (c
= string
[i
])
1184 #if defined (HANDLE_MULTIBYTE)
1187 if ((flags
& SX_NOCTLESC
) == 0 && c
== CTLESC
)
1190 CHECK_STRING_OVERRUN (i
, i
, slen
, c
);
1193 /* Even if flags contains SX_NOCTLESC, we let CTLESC quoting CTLNUL
1194 through, to protect the CTLNULs from later calls to
1195 remove_quoted_nulls. */
1196 else if ((flags
& SX_NOESCCTLNUL
) == 0 && c
== CTLESC
&& string
[i
+1] == CTLNUL
)
1199 CHECK_STRING_OVERRUN (i
, i
, slen
, c
);
1203 #if defined (HANDLE_MULTIBYTE)
1204 if (locale_utf8locale
&& slen
> i
&& UTF8_SINGLEBYTE (string
[i
]))
1205 mblength
= (string
[i
] != 0) ? 1 : 0;
1207 mblength
= MBLEN (string
+ i
, slen
- i
);
1211 mblength
= mbtowc (&wc
, string
+ i
, slen
- i
);
1212 if (MB_INVALIDCH (mblength
))
1214 if (MEMBER (c
, charlist
))
1222 len
= mbstowcs (wcharlist
, charlist
, 0);
1225 wcharlist
= (wchar_t *)xmalloc (sizeof (wchar_t) * (len
+ 1));
1226 mbstowcs (wcharlist
, charlist
, len
+ 1);
1229 if (wcschr (wcharlist
, wc
))
1235 if (MEMBER (c
, charlist
))
1238 ADVANCE_CHAR (string
, slen
, i
);
1241 #if defined (HANDLE_MULTIBYTE)
1245 temp
= substring (string
, *sindex
, i
);
1251 /* Extract the $( construct in STRING, and return a new string.
1252 Start extracting at (SINDEX) as if we had just seen "$(".
1253 Make (SINDEX) get the position of the matching ")". )
1254 XFLAGS is additional flags to pass to other extraction functions. */
1256 extract_command_subst (string
, sindex
, xflags
)
1263 if (string
[*sindex
] == LPAREN
|| (xflags
& SX_COMPLETE
))
1264 return (extract_delimited_string (string
, sindex
, "$(", "(", ")", xflags
|SX_COMMAND
)); /*)*/
1267 xflags
|= (no_longjmp_on_fatal_error
? SX_NOLONGJMP
: 0);
1268 ret
= xparse_dolparen (string
, string
+*sindex
, sindex
, xflags
);
1273 /* Extract the $[ construct in STRING, and return a new string. (])
1274 Start extracting at (SINDEX) as if we had just seen "$[".
1275 Make (SINDEX) get the position of the matching "]". */
1277 extract_arithmetic_subst (string
, sindex
)
1281 return (extract_delimited_string (string
, sindex
, "$[", "[", "]", 0)); /*]*/
1284 #if defined (PROCESS_SUBSTITUTION)
1285 /* Extract the <( or >( construct in STRING, and return a new string.
1286 Start extracting at (SINDEX) as if we had just seen "<(".
1287 Make (SINDEX) get the position of the matching ")". */ /*))*/
1289 extract_process_subst (string
, starter
, sindex
, xflags
)
1296 /* XXX - check xflags&SX_COMPLETE here? */
1297 return (extract_delimited_string (string
, sindex
, starter
, "(", ")", SX_COMMAND
));
1299 xflags
|= (no_longjmp_on_fatal_error
? SX_NOLONGJMP
: 0);
1300 return (xparse_dolparen (string
, string
+*sindex
, sindex
, xflags
));
1303 #endif /* PROCESS_SUBSTITUTION */
1305 #if defined (ARRAY_VARS)
1306 /* This can be fooled by unquoted right parens in the passed string. If
1307 each caller verifies that the last character in STRING is a right paren,
1308 we don't even need to call extract_delimited_string. */
1310 extract_array_assignment_list (string
, sindex
)
1317 slen
= strlen (string
);
1318 if (string
[slen
- 1] == RPAREN
)
1320 ret
= substring (string
, *sindex
, slen
- 1);
1328 /* Extract and create a new string from the contents of STRING, a
1329 character string delimited with OPENER and CLOSER. SINDEX is
1330 the address of an int describing the current offset in STRING;
1331 it should point to just after the first OPENER found. On exit,
1332 SINDEX gets the position of the last character of the matching CLOSER.
1333 If OPENER is more than a single character, ALT_OPENER, if non-null,
1334 contains a character string that can also match CLOSER and thus
1335 needs to be skipped. */
1337 extract_delimited_string (string
, sindex
, opener
, alt_opener
, closer
, flags
)
1340 char *opener
, *alt_opener
, *closer
;
1346 int pass_character
, nesting_level
, in_comment
;
1347 int len_closer
, len_opener
, len_alt_opener
;
1350 slen
= strlen (string
+ *sindex
) + *sindex
;
1351 len_opener
= STRLEN (opener
);
1352 len_alt_opener
= STRLEN (alt_opener
);
1353 len_closer
= STRLEN (closer
);
1355 pass_character
= in_comment
= 0;
1360 while (nesting_level
)
1364 /* If a recursive call or a call to ADVANCE_CHAR leaves the index beyond
1365 the end of the string, catch it and cut the loop. */
1369 c
= string
[i
= slen
];
1380 ADVANCE_CHAR (string
, slen
, i
);
1384 if (pass_character
) /* previous char was backslash */
1387 ADVANCE_CHAR (string
, slen
, i
);
1391 /* Not exactly right yet; should handle shell metacharacters and
1392 multibyte characters, too. See COMMENT_BEGIN define in parse.y */
1393 if ((flags
& SX_COMMAND
) && c
== '#' && (i
== 0 || string
[i
- 1] == '\n' || shellblank (string
[i
- 1])))
1396 ADVANCE_CHAR (string
, slen
, i
);
1400 if (c
== CTLESC
|| c
== '\\')
1407 /* Process a nested command substitution, but only if we're parsing an
1408 arithmetic substitution. */
1409 if ((flags
& SX_COMMAND
) && string
[i
] == '$' && string
[i
+1] == LPAREN
)
1412 t
= extract_command_subst (string
, &si
, flags
|SX_NOALLOC
);
1413 CHECK_STRING_OVERRUN (i
, si
, slen
, c
);
1418 /* Process a nested OPENER. */
1419 if (STREQN (string
+ i
, opener
, len_opener
))
1421 si
= i
+ len_opener
;
1422 t
= extract_delimited_string (string
, &si
, opener
, alt_opener
, closer
, flags
|SX_NOALLOC
);
1423 CHECK_STRING_OVERRUN (i
, si
, slen
, c
);
1428 /* Process a nested ALT_OPENER */
1429 if (len_alt_opener
&& STREQN (string
+ i
, alt_opener
, len_alt_opener
))
1431 si
= i
+ len_alt_opener
;
1432 t
= extract_delimited_string (string
, &si
, alt_opener
, alt_opener
, closer
, flags
|SX_NOALLOC
);
1433 CHECK_STRING_OVERRUN (i
, si
, slen
, c
);
1438 /* If the current substring terminates the delimited string, decrement
1439 the nesting level. */
1440 if (STREQN (string
+ i
, closer
, len_closer
))
1442 i
+= len_closer
- 1; /* move to last byte of the closer */
1444 if (nesting_level
== 0)
1448 /* Pass old-style command substitution through verbatim. */
1452 t
= string_extract (string
, &si
, "`", flags
|SX_NOALLOC
);
1453 CHECK_STRING_OVERRUN (i
, si
, slen
, c
);
1458 /* Pass single-quoted and double-quoted strings through verbatim. */
1459 if (c
== '\'' || c
== '"')
1462 i
= (c
== '\'') ? skip_single_quoted (string
, slen
, si
, 0)
1463 : skip_double_quoted (string
, slen
, si
, 0);
1467 /* move past this character, which was not special. */
1468 ADVANCE_CHAR (string
, slen
, i
);
1471 if (c
== 0 && nesting_level
)
1473 if (no_longjmp_on_fatal_error
== 0)
1475 last_command_exit_value
= EXECUTION_FAILURE
;
1476 report_error (_("bad substitution: no closing `%s' in %s"), closer
, string
);
1477 exp_jump_to_top_level (DISCARD
);
1482 return (char *)NULL
;
1486 si
= i
- *sindex
- len_closer
+ 1;
1487 if (flags
& SX_NOALLOC
)
1488 result
= (char *)NULL
;
1491 result
= (char *)xmalloc (1 + si
);
1492 strncpy (result
, string
+ *sindex
, si
);
1500 /* Extract a parameter expansion expression within ${ and } from STRING.
1501 Obey the Posix.2 rules for finding the ending `}': count braces while
1502 skipping over enclosed quoted strings and command substitutions.
1503 SINDEX is the address of an int describing the current offset in STRING;
1504 it should point to just after the first `{' found. On exit, SINDEX
1505 gets the position of the matching `}'. QUOTED is non-zero if this
1506 occurs inside double quotes. */
1507 /* XXX -- this is very similar to extract_delimited_string -- XXX */
1509 extract_dollar_brace_string (string
, sindex
, quoted
, flags
)
1511 int *sindex
, quoted
, flags
;
1515 int pass_character
, nesting_level
, si
, dolbrace_state
;
1521 slen
= strlen (string
+ *sindex
) + *sindex
;
1523 /* The handling of dolbrace_state needs to agree with the code in parse.y:
1524 parse_matched_pair(). The different initial value is to handle the
1525 case where this function is called to parse the word in
1526 ${param op word} (SX_WORD). */
1527 dolbrace_state
= (flags
& SX_WORD
) ? DOLBRACE_WORD
: DOLBRACE_PARAM
;
1528 if ((quoted
& (Q_HERE_DOCUMENT
|Q_DOUBLE_QUOTES
)) && (flags
& SX_POSIXEXP
))
1529 dolbrace_state
= DOLBRACE_QUOTE
;
1532 while (c
= string
[i
])
1537 ADVANCE_CHAR (string
, slen
, i
);
1541 /* CTLESCs and backslashes quote the next character. */
1542 if (c
== CTLESC
|| c
== '\\')
1549 if (string
[i
] == '$' && string
[i
+1] == LBRACE
)
1559 if (nesting_level
== 0)
1565 /* Pass the contents of old-style command substitutions through
1570 t
= string_extract (string
, &si
, "`", flags
|SX_NOALLOC
);
1572 CHECK_STRING_OVERRUN (i
, si
, slen
, c
);
1578 /* Pass the contents of new-style command substitutions and
1579 arithmetic substitutions through verbatim. */
1580 if (string
[i
] == '$' && string
[i
+1] == LPAREN
)
1583 t
= extract_command_subst (string
, &si
, flags
|SX_NOALLOC
);
1585 CHECK_STRING_OVERRUN (i
, si
, slen
, c
);
1591 #if defined (PROCESS_SUBSTITUTION)
1592 /* Technically this should only work at the start of a word */
1593 if ((string
[i
] == '<' || string
[i
] == '>') && string
[i
+1] == LPAREN
)
1596 t
= extract_process_subst (string
, (string
[i
] == '<' ? "<(" : ">)"), &si
, flags
|SX_NOALLOC
);
1598 CHECK_STRING_OVERRUN (i
, si
, slen
, c
);
1605 /* Pass the contents of double-quoted strings through verbatim. */
1609 i
= skip_double_quoted (string
, slen
, si
, 0);
1610 /* skip_XXX_quoted leaves index one past close quote */
1616 /*itrace("extract_dollar_brace_string: c == single quote flags = %d quoted = %d dolbrace_state = %d", flags, quoted, dolbrace_state);*/
1617 if (posixly_correct
&& shell_compatibility_level
> 42 && dolbrace_state
!= DOLBRACE_QUOTE
&& (quoted
& (Q_HERE_DOCUMENT
|Q_DOUBLE_QUOTES
)))
1618 ADVANCE_CHAR (string
, slen
, i
);
1622 i
= skip_single_quoted (string
, slen
, si
, 0);
1628 #if defined (ARRAY_VARS)
1629 if (c
== LBRACK
&& dolbrace_state
== DOLBRACE_PARAM
)
1631 si
= skipsubscript (string
, i
, 0);
1632 CHECK_STRING_OVERRUN (i
, si
, slen
, c
);
1633 if (string
[si
] == RBRACK
)
1638 /* move past this character, which was not special. */
1639 ADVANCE_CHAR (string
, slen
, i
);
1641 /* This logic must agree with parse.y:parse_matched_pair, since they
1642 share the same defines. */
1643 if (dolbrace_state
== DOLBRACE_PARAM
&& c
== '%' && (i
- *sindex
) > 1)
1644 dolbrace_state
= DOLBRACE_QUOTE
;
1645 else if (dolbrace_state
== DOLBRACE_PARAM
&& c
== '#' && (i
- *sindex
) > 1)
1646 dolbrace_state
= DOLBRACE_QUOTE
;
1647 else if (dolbrace_state
== DOLBRACE_PARAM
&& c
== '/' && (i
- *sindex
) > 1)
1648 dolbrace_state
= DOLBRACE_QUOTE2
; /* XXX */
1649 else if (dolbrace_state
== DOLBRACE_PARAM
&& c
== '^' && (i
- *sindex
) > 1)
1650 dolbrace_state
= DOLBRACE_QUOTE
;
1651 else if (dolbrace_state
== DOLBRACE_PARAM
&& c
== ',' && (i
- *sindex
) > 1)
1652 dolbrace_state
= DOLBRACE_QUOTE
;
1653 /* This is intended to handle all of the [:]op expansions and the substring/
1654 length/pattern removal/pattern substitution expansions. */
1655 else if (dolbrace_state
== DOLBRACE_PARAM
&& strchr ("#%^,~:-=?+/", c
) != 0)
1656 dolbrace_state
= DOLBRACE_OP
;
1657 else if (dolbrace_state
== DOLBRACE_OP
&& strchr ("#%^,~:-=?+/", c
) == 0)
1658 dolbrace_state
= DOLBRACE_WORD
;
1661 if (c
== 0 && nesting_level
)
1663 if (no_longjmp_on_fatal_error
== 0)
1665 last_command_exit_value
= EXECUTION_FAILURE
;
1666 report_error (_("bad substitution: no closing `%s' in %s"), "}", string
);
1667 exp_jump_to_top_level (DISCARD
);
1672 return ((char *)NULL
);
1676 result
= (flags
& SX_NOALLOC
) ? (char *)NULL
: substring (string
, *sindex
, i
);
1682 /* Remove backslashes which are quoting backquotes from STRING. Modifies
1683 STRING, and returns a pointer to it. */
1685 de_backslash (string
)
1688 register size_t slen
;
1689 register int i
, j
, prev_i
;
1692 slen
= strlen (string
);
1695 /* Loop copying string[i] to string[j], i >= j. */
1698 if (string
[i
] == '\\' && (string
[i
+ 1] == '`' || string
[i
+ 1] == '\\' ||
1699 string
[i
+ 1] == '$'))
1702 ADVANCE_CHAR (string
, slen
, i
);
1704 do string
[j
++] = string
[prev_i
++]; while (prev_i
< i
);
1715 /* Replace instances of \! in a string with !. */
1717 unquote_bang (string
)
1721 register char *temp
;
1723 temp
= (char *)xmalloc (1 + strlen (string
));
1725 for (i
= 0, j
= 0; (temp
[j
] = string
[i
]); i
++, j
++)
1727 if (string
[i
] == '\\' && string
[i
+ 1] == '!')
1733 strcpy (string
, temp
);
1738 #define CQ_RETURN(x) do { no_longjmp_on_fatal_error = oldjmp; return (x); } while (0)
1740 /* This function assumes s[i] == open; returns with s[ret] == close; used to
1741 parse array subscripts. FLAGS & 1 means to not attempt to skip over
1742 matched pairs of quotes or backquotes, or skip word expansions; it is
1743 intended to be used after expansion has been performed and during final
1744 assignment parsing (see arrayfunc.c:assign_compound_array_list()) or
1745 during execution by a builtin which has already undergone word expansion. */
1747 skip_matched_pair (string
, start
, open
, close
, flags
)
1749 int start
, open
, close
, flags
;
1751 int i
, pass_next
, backq
, si
, c
, count
, oldjmp
;
1756 slen
= strlen (string
+ start
) + start
;
1757 oldjmp
= no_longjmp_on_fatal_error
;
1758 no_longjmp_on_fatal_error
= 1;
1760 i
= start
+ 1; /* skip over leading bracket */
1762 pass_next
= backq
= 0;
1763 ss
= (char *)string
;
1764 while (c
= string
[i
])
1771 ADVANCE_CHAR (string
, slen
, i
);
1774 else if ((flags
& 1) == 0 && c
== '\\')
1784 ADVANCE_CHAR (string
, slen
, i
);
1787 else if ((flags
& 1) == 0 && c
== '`')
1793 else if ((flags
& 1) == 0 && c
== open
)
1799 else if (c
== close
)
1807 else if ((flags
& 1) == 0 && (c
== '\'' || c
== '"'))
1809 i
= (c
== '\'') ? skip_single_quoted (ss
, slen
, ++i
, 0)
1810 : skip_double_quoted (ss
, slen
, ++i
, 0);
1811 /* no increment, the skip functions increment past the closing quote. */
1813 else if ((flags
&1) == 0 && c
== '$' && (string
[i
+1] == LPAREN
|| string
[i
+1] == LBRACE
))
1816 if (string
[si
] == '\0')
1819 /* XXX - extract_command_subst here? */
1820 if (string
[i
+1] == LPAREN
)
1821 temp
= extract_delimited_string (ss
, &si
, "$(", "(", ")", SX_NOALLOC
|SX_COMMAND
); /* ) */
1823 temp
= extract_dollar_brace_string (ss
, &si
, 0, SX_NOALLOC
);
1825 CHECK_STRING_OVERRUN (i
, si
, slen
, c
);
1828 if (string
[i
] == '\0') /* don't increment i past EOS in loop */
1834 ADVANCE_CHAR (string
, slen
, i
);
1840 #if defined (ARRAY_VARS)
1841 /* Flags has 1 as a reserved value, since skip_matched_pair uses it for
1842 skipping over quoted strings and taking the first instance of the
1843 closing character. */
1845 skipsubscript (string
, start
, flags
)
1849 return (skip_matched_pair (string
, start
, '[', ']', flags
));
1853 /* Skip characters in STRING until we find a character in DELIMS, and return
1854 the index of that character. START is the index into string at which we
1855 begin. This is similar in spirit to strpbrk, but it returns an index into
1856 STRING and takes a starting index. This little piece of code knows quite
1857 a lot of shell syntax. It's very similar to skip_double_quoted and other
1858 functions of that ilk. */
1860 skip_to_delim (string
, start
, delims
, flags
)
1866 int i
, pass_next
, backq
, dquote
, si
, c
, oldjmp
;
1867 int invert
, skipquote
, skipcmd
, noprocsub
, completeflag
;
1868 int arithexp
, skipcol
;
1870 char *temp
, open
[3];
1873 slen
= strlen (string
+ start
) + start
;
1874 oldjmp
= no_longjmp_on_fatal_error
;
1875 if (flags
& SD_NOJMP
)
1876 no_longjmp_on_fatal_error
= 1;
1877 invert
= (flags
& SD_INVERT
);
1878 skipcmd
= (flags
& SD_NOSKIPCMD
) == 0;
1879 noprocsub
= (flags
& SD_NOPROCSUB
);
1880 completeflag
= (flags
& SD_COMPLETE
) ? SX_COMPLETE
: 0;
1882 arithexp
= (flags
& SD_ARITHEXP
);
1886 pass_next
= backq
= dquote
= 0;
1887 while (c
= string
[i
])
1889 /* If this is non-zero, we should not let quote characters be delimiters
1890 and the current character is a single or double quote. We should not
1891 test whether or not it's a delimiter until after we skip single- or
1892 double-quoted strings. */
1893 skipquote
= ((flags
& SD_NOQUOTEDELIM
) && (c
== '\'' || c
=='"'));
1899 ADVANCE_CHAR (string
, slen
, i
);
1912 ADVANCE_CHAR (string
, slen
, i
);
1921 else if (arithexp
&& skipcol
&& c
== ':')
1927 else if (arithexp
&& c
== '?')
1933 else if (skipquote
== 0 && invert
== 0 && member (c
, delims
))
1935 /* the usual case is to use skip_xxx_quoted, but we don't skip over double
1936 quoted strings when looking for the history expansion character as a
1938 /* special case for programmable completion which takes place before
1939 parser converts backslash-escaped single quotes between $'...' to
1940 `regular' single-quoted strings. */
1941 else if (completeflag
&& i
> 0 && string
[i
-1] == '$' && c
== '\'')
1942 i
= skip_single_quoted (string
, slen
, ++i
, SX_COMPLETE
);
1944 i
= skip_single_quoted (string
, slen
, ++i
, 0);
1946 i
= skip_double_quoted (string
, slen
, ++i
, completeflag
);
1947 else if (c
== LPAREN
&& arithexp
)
1950 if (string
[si
] == '\0')
1953 temp
= extract_delimited_string (string
, &si
, "(", "(", ")", SX_NOALLOC
); /* ) */
1955 if (string
[i
] == '\0') /* don't increment i past EOS in loop */
1960 else if (c
== '$' && ((skipcmd
&& string
[i
+1] == LPAREN
) || string
[i
+1] == LBRACE
))
1963 if (string
[si
] == '\0')
1966 if (string
[i
+1] == LPAREN
)
1967 temp
= extract_delimited_string (string
, &si
, "$(", "(", ")", SX_NOALLOC
|SX_COMMAND
); /* ) */
1969 temp
= extract_dollar_brace_string (string
, &si
, 0, SX_NOALLOC
);
1970 CHECK_STRING_OVERRUN (i
, si
, slen
, c
);
1972 if (string
[i
] == '\0') /* don't increment i past EOS in loop */
1977 #if defined (PROCESS_SUBSTITUTION)
1978 else if (skipcmd
&& noprocsub
== 0 && (c
== '<' || c
== '>') && string
[i
+1] == LPAREN
)
1981 if (string
[si
] == '\0')
1984 temp
= extract_delimited_string (string
, &si
, (c
== '<') ? "<(" : ">(", "(", ")", SX_COMMAND
|SX_NOALLOC
); /* )) */
1985 CHECK_STRING_OVERRUN (i
, si
, slen
, c
);
1987 if (string
[i
] == '\0')
1992 #endif /* PROCESS_SUBSTITUTION */
1993 #if defined (EXTENDED_GLOB)
1994 else if ((flags
& SD_EXTGLOB
) && extended_glob
&& string
[i
+1] == LPAREN
&& member (c
, "?*+!@"))
1997 if (string
[si
] == '\0')
2003 temp
= extract_delimited_string (string
, &si
, open
, "(", ")", SX_NOALLOC
); /* ) */
2005 CHECK_STRING_OVERRUN (i
, si
, slen
, c
);
2007 if (string
[i
] == '\0') /* don't increment i past EOS in loop */
2013 else if ((flags
& SD_GLOB
) && c
== LBRACK
)
2016 if (string
[si
] == '\0')
2019 temp
= extract_delimited_string (string
, &si
, "[", "[", "]", SX_NOALLOC
); /* ] */
2022 if (string
[i
] == '\0') /* don't increment i past EOS in loop */
2027 else if ((skipquote
|| invert
) && (member (c
, delims
) == 0))
2030 ADVANCE_CHAR (string
, slen
, i
);
2036 #if defined (BANG_HISTORY)
2037 /* Skip to the history expansion character (delims[0]), paying attention to
2038 quoted strings and command and process substitution. This is a stripped-
2039 down version of skip_to_delims. The essential difference is that this
2040 resets the quoting state when starting a command substitution */
2042 skip_to_histexp (string
, start
, delims
, flags
)
2048 int i
, pass_next
, backq
, dquote
, c
, oldjmp
;
2049 int histexp_comsub
, histexp_backq
, old_dquote
;
2053 slen
= strlen (string
+ start
) + start
;
2054 oldjmp
= no_longjmp_on_fatal_error
;
2055 if (flags
& SD_NOJMP
)
2056 no_longjmp_on_fatal_error
= 1;
2058 histexp_comsub
= histexp_backq
= old_dquote
= 0;
2061 pass_next
= backq
= dquote
= 0;
2062 while (c
= string
[i
])
2069 ADVANCE_CHAR (string
, slen
, i
);
2078 else if (backq
&& c
== '`')
2082 dquote
= old_dquote
;
2090 old_dquote
= dquote
; /* simple - one level for now */
2095 /* When in double quotes, act as if the double quote is a member of
2096 history_no_expand_chars, like the history library does */
2097 else if (dquote
&& c
== delims
[0] && string
[i
+1] == '"')
2102 else if (c
== delims
[0])
2104 /* the usual case is to use skip_xxx_quoted, but we don't skip over double
2105 quoted strings when looking for the history expansion character as a
2107 else if (dquote
&& c
== '\'')
2113 i
= skip_single_quoted (string
, slen
, ++i
, 0);
2114 /* The posixly_correct test makes posix-mode shells allow double quotes
2115 to quote the history expansion character */
2116 else if (posixly_correct
== 0 && c
== '"')
2118 dquote
= 1 - dquote
;
2123 i
= skip_double_quoted (string
, slen
, ++i
, 0);
2124 #if defined (PROCESS_SUBSTITUTION)
2125 else if ((c
== '$' || c
== '<' || c
== '>') && string
[i
+1] == LPAREN
&& string
[i
+2] != LPAREN
)
2127 else if (c
== '$' && string
[i
+1] == LPAREN
&& string
[i
+2] != LPAREN
)
2130 if (string
[i
+2] == '\0')
2134 old_dquote
= dquote
;
2137 else if (histexp_comsub
&& c
== RPAREN
)
2140 dquote
= old_dquote
;
2144 else if (backq
) /* placeholder */
2146 ADVANCE_CHAR (string
, slen
, i
);
2150 ADVANCE_CHAR (string
, slen
, i
);
2155 #endif /* BANG_HISTORY */
2157 #if defined (READLINE)
2158 /* Return 1 if the portion of STRING ending at EINDEX is quoted (there is
2159 an unclosed quoted string), or if the character at EINDEX is quoted
2160 by a backslash. NO_LONGJMP_ON_FATAL_ERROR is used to flag that the various
2161 single and double-quoted string parsing functions should not return an
2162 error if there are unclosed quotes or braces. The characters that this
2163 recognizes need to be the same as the contents of
2164 rl_completer_quote_characters. */
2167 char_is_quoted (string
, eindex
)
2171 int i
, pass_next
, c
, oldjmp
;
2175 slen
= strlen (string
);
2176 oldjmp
= no_longjmp_on_fatal_error
;
2177 no_longjmp_on_fatal_error
= 1;
2186 if (i
>= eindex
) /* XXX was if (i >= eindex - 1) */
2188 ADVANCE_CHAR (string
, slen
, i
);
2197 else if (c
== '$' && string
[i
+1] == '\'' && string
[i
+2])
2200 i
= skip_single_quoted (string
, slen
, i
, SX_COMPLETE
);
2204 else if (c
== '\'' || c
== '"')
2206 i
= (c
== '\'') ? skip_single_quoted (string
, slen
, ++i
, 0)
2207 : skip_double_quoted (string
, slen
, ++i
, SX_COMPLETE
);
2210 /* no increment, the skip_xxx functions go one past end */
2213 ADVANCE_CHAR (string
, slen
, i
);
2220 unclosed_pair (string
, eindex
, openstr
)
2225 int i
, pass_next
, openc
, olen
;
2229 slen
= strlen (string
);
2230 olen
= strlen (openstr
);
2231 i
= pass_next
= openc
= 0;
2237 if (i
>= eindex
) /* XXX was if (i >= eindex - 1) */
2239 ADVANCE_CHAR (string
, slen
, i
);
2242 else if (string
[i
] == '\\')
2248 else if (STREQN (string
+ i
, openstr
, olen
))
2253 /* XXX - may want to handle $'...' specially here */
2254 else if (string
[i
] == '\'' || string
[i
] == '"')
2256 i
= (string
[i
] == '\'') ? skip_single_quoted (string
, slen
, i
, 0)
2257 : skip_double_quoted (string
, slen
, i
, SX_COMPLETE
);
2262 ADVANCE_CHAR (string
, slen
, i
);
2267 /* Split STRING (length SLEN) at DELIMS, and return a WORD_LIST with the
2268 individual words. If DELIMS is NULL, the current value of $IFS is used
2269 to split the string, and the function follows the shell field splitting
2270 rules. SENTINEL is an index to look for. NWP, if non-NULL,
2271 gets the number of words in the returned list. CWP, if non-NULL, gets
2272 the index of the word containing SENTINEL. Non-whitespace chars in
2273 DELIMS delimit separate fields. This is used by programmable completion. */
2275 split_at_delims (string
, slen
, delims
, sentinel
, flags
, nwp
, cwp
)
2279 int sentinel
, flags
;
2282 int ts
, te
, i
, nw
, cw
, ifs_split
, dflags
;
2283 char *token
, *d
, *d2
;
2284 WORD_LIST
*ret
, *tl
;
2286 if (string
== 0 || *string
== '\0')
2292 return ((WORD_LIST
*)NULL
);
2295 d
= (delims
== 0) ? ifs_value
: delims
;
2296 ifs_split
= delims
== 0;
2298 /* Make d2 the non-whitespace characters in delims */
2303 #if defined (HANDLE_MULTIBYTE)
2304 size_t mblength
= 1;
2308 slength
= strlen (delims
);
2309 d2
= (char *)xmalloc (slength
+ 1);
2313 #if defined (HANDLE_MULTIBYTE)
2314 mbstate_t state_bak
;
2316 mblength
= MBRLEN (delims
+ i
, slength
, &state
);
2317 if (MB_INVALIDCH (mblength
))
2319 else if (mblength
> 1)
2321 memcpy (d2
+ ts
, delims
+ i
, mblength
);
2324 slength
-= mblength
;
2328 if (whitespace (delims
[i
]) == 0)
2329 d2
[ts
++] = delims
[i
];
2337 ret
= (WORD_LIST
*)NULL
;
2339 /* Remove sequences of whitespace characters at the start of the string, as
2340 long as those characters are delimiters. */
2341 for (i
= 0; member (string
[i
], d
) && spctabnl (string
[i
]); i
++)
2343 if (string
[i
] == '\0')
2352 dflags
= flags
|SD_NOJMP
;
2355 te
= skip_to_delim (string
, ts
, d
, dflags
);
2357 /* If we have a non-whitespace delimiter character, use it to make a
2358 separate field. This is just about what $IFS splitting does and
2359 is closer to the behavior of the shell parser. */
2360 if (ts
== te
&& d2
&& member (string
[ts
], d2
))
2363 /* If we're using IFS splitting, the non-whitespace delimiter char
2364 and any additional IFS whitespace delimits a field. */
2366 while (member (string
[te
], d
) && spctabnl (string
[te
]) && ((flags
&SD_NOQUOTEDELIM
) == 0 || (string
[te
] != '\'' && string
[te
] != '"')))
2369 while (member (string
[te
], d2
) && ((flags
&SD_NOQUOTEDELIM
) == 0 || (string
[te
] != '\'' && string
[te
] != '"')))
2373 token
= substring (string
, ts
, te
);
2375 ret
= add_string_to_list (token
, ret
); /* XXX */
2379 if (sentinel
>= ts
&& sentinel
<= te
)
2382 /* If the cursor is at whitespace just before word start, set the
2383 sentinel word to the current word. */
2384 if (cwp
&& cw
== -1 && sentinel
== ts
-1)
2387 /* If the cursor is at whitespace between two words, make a new, empty
2388 word, add it before (well, after, since the list is in reverse order)
2389 the word we just added, and set the current word to that one. */
2390 if (cwp
&& cw
== -1 && sentinel
< ts
)
2392 tl
= make_word_list (make_word (""), ret
->next
);
2398 if (string
[te
] == 0)
2402 /* XXX - honor SD_NOQUOTEDELIM here */
2403 while (member (string
[i
], d
) && (ifs_split
|| spctabnl(string
[i
])) && ((flags
&SD_NOQUOTEDELIM
) == 0 || (string
[te
] != '\'' && string
[te
] != '"')))
2412 /* Special case for SENTINEL at the end of STRING. If we haven't found
2413 the word containing SENTINEL yet, and the index we're looking for is at
2414 the end of STRING (or past the end of the previously-found token,
2415 possible if the end of the line is composed solely of IFS whitespace)
2416 add an additional null argument and set the current word pointer to that. */
2417 if (cwp
&& cw
== -1 && (sentinel
>= slen
|| sentinel
>= te
))
2419 if (whitespace (string
[sentinel
- 1]))
2422 ret
= add_string_to_list (token
, ret
);
2435 return (REVERSE_LIST (ret
, WORD_LIST
*));
2437 #endif /* READLINE */
2441 /* Extract the name of the variable to bind to from the assignment string. */
2443 assignment_name (string
)
2449 offset
= assignment (string
, 0);
2451 return (char *)NULL
;
2452 temp
= substring (string
, 0, offset
);
2457 /* **************************************************************** */
2459 /* Functions to convert strings to WORD_LISTs and vice versa */
2461 /* **************************************************************** */
2463 /* Return a single string of all the words in LIST. SEP is the separator
2464 to put between individual elements of LIST in the output string. */
2466 string_list_internal (list
, sep
)
2470 register WORD_LIST
*t
;
2472 size_t word_len
, sep_len
, result_size
;
2475 return ((char *)NULL
);
2477 /* Short-circuit quickly if we don't need to separate anything. */
2478 if (list
->next
== 0)
2479 return (savestring (list
->word
->word
));
2481 /* This is nearly always called with either sep[0] == 0 or sep[1] == 0. */
2482 sep_len
= STRLEN (sep
);
2485 for (t
= list
; t
; t
= t
->next
)
2488 result_size
+= sep_len
;
2489 result_size
+= strlen (t
->word
->word
);
2492 r
= result
= (char *)xmalloc (result_size
+ 1);
2494 for (t
= list
; t
; t
= t
->next
)
2496 if (t
!= list
&& sep_len
)
2500 FASTCOPY (sep
, r
, sep_len
);
2507 word_len
= strlen (t
->word
->word
);
2508 FASTCOPY (t
->word
->word
, r
, word_len
);
2516 /* Return a single string of all the words present in LIST, separating
2517 each word with a space. */
2522 return (string_list_internal (list
, " "));
2525 /* An external interface that can be used by the rest of the shell to
2526 obtain a string containing the first character in $IFS. Handles all
2527 the multibyte complications. If LENP is non-null, it is set to the
2528 length of the returned string. */
2530 ifs_firstchar (lenp
)
2536 ret
= xmalloc (MB_LEN_MAX
+ 1);
2537 #if defined (HANDLE_MULTIBYTE)
2538 if (ifs_firstc_len
== 1)
2540 ret
[0] = ifs_firstc
[0];
2542 len
= ret
[0] ? 1 : 0;
2546 memcpy (ret
, ifs_firstc
, ifs_firstc_len
);
2547 ret
[len
= ifs_firstc_len
] = '\0';
2550 ret
[0] = ifs_firstc
;
2552 len
= ret
[0] ? 0 : 1;
2561 /* Return a single string of all the words present in LIST, obeying the
2562 quoting rules for "$*", to wit: (P1003.2, draft 11, 3.5.2) "If the
2563 expansion [of $*] appears within a double quoted string, it expands
2564 to a single field with the value of each parameter separated by the
2565 first character of the IFS variable, or by a <space> if IFS is unset." */
2566 /* Posix interpretation 888 changes this when IFS is null by specifying
2567 that when unquoted, this expands to separate arguments */
2569 string_list_dollar_star (list
, quoted
, flags
)
2574 #if defined (HANDLE_MULTIBYTE)
2575 # if defined (__GNUC__)
2576 char sep
[MB_CUR_MAX
+ 1];
2584 #if defined (HANDLE_MULTIBYTE)
2585 # if !defined (__GNUC__)
2586 sep
= (char *)xmalloc (MB_CUR_MAX
+ 1);
2587 # endif /* !__GNUC__ */
2588 if (ifs_firstc_len
== 1)
2590 sep
[0] = ifs_firstc
[0];
2595 memcpy (sep
, ifs_firstc
, ifs_firstc_len
);
2596 sep
[ifs_firstc_len
] = '\0';
2599 sep
[0] = ifs_firstc
;
2603 ret
= string_list_internal (list
, sep
);
2604 #if defined (HANDLE_MULTIBYTE) && !defined (__GNUC__)
2610 /* Turn $@ into a string. If (quoted & (Q_HERE_DOCUMENT|Q_DOUBLE_QUOTES))
2611 is non-zero, the $@ appears within double quotes, and we should quote
2612 the list before converting it into a string. If IFS is unset, and the
2613 word is not quoted, we just need to quote CTLESC and CTLNUL characters
2614 in the words in the list, because the default value of $IFS is
2615 <space><tab><newline>, IFS characters in the words in the list should
2616 also be split. If IFS is null, and the word is not quoted, we need
2617 to quote the words in the list to preserve the positional parameters
2619 Valid values for the FLAGS argument are the PF_ flags in command.h,
2620 the only one we care about is PF_ASSIGNRHS. $@ is supposed to expand
2621 to the positional parameters separated by spaces no matter what IFS is
2622 set to if in a context where word splitting is not performed. The only
2623 one that we didn't handle before is assignment statement arguments to
2624 declaration builtins like `declare'. */
2626 string_list_dollar_at (list
, quoted
, flags
)
2632 #if defined (HANDLE_MULTIBYTE)
2633 # if defined (__GNUC__)
2634 char sep
[MB_CUR_MAX
+ 1];
2637 # endif /* !__GNUC__ */
2643 /* XXX this could just be ifs = ifs_value; */
2644 ifs
= ifs_var
? value_cell (ifs_var
) : (char *)0;
2646 #if defined (HANDLE_MULTIBYTE)
2647 # if !defined (__GNUC__)
2648 sep
= (char *)xmalloc (MB_CUR_MAX
+ 1);
2649 # endif /* !__GNUC__ */
2650 /* XXX - testing PF_ASSIGNRHS to make sure positional parameters are
2651 separated with a space even when word splitting will not occur. */
2652 if (flags
& PF_ASSIGNRHS
)
2657 else if (ifs
&& *ifs
)
2659 if (ifs_firstc_len
== 1)
2661 sep
[0] = ifs_firstc
[0];
2666 memcpy (sep
, ifs_firstc
, ifs_firstc_len
);
2667 sep
[ifs_firstc_len
] = '\0';
2675 #else /* !HANDLE_MULTIBYTE */
2676 /* XXX - PF_ASSIGNRHS means no word splitting, so we want positional
2677 parameters separated by a space. */
2678 sep
[0] = ((flags
& PF_ASSIGNRHS
) || ifs
== 0 || *ifs
== 0) ? ' ' : *ifs
;
2680 #endif /* !HANDLE_MULTIBYTE */
2682 /* XXX -- why call quote_list if ifs == 0? we can get away without doing
2683 it now that quote_escapes quotes spaces */
2684 tlist
= (quoted
& (Q_HERE_DOCUMENT
|Q_DOUBLE_QUOTES
|Q_PATQUOTE
))
2686 : list_quote_escapes (list
);
2688 ret
= string_list_internal (tlist
, sep
);
2689 #if defined (HANDLE_MULTIBYTE) && !defined (__GNUC__)
2695 /* Turn the positional parameters into a string, understanding quoting and
2696 the various subtleties of using the first character of $IFS as the
2697 separator. Calls string_list_dollar_at, string_list_dollar_star, and
2698 string_list as appropriate. */
2699 /* This needs to fully understand the additional contexts where word
2700 splitting does not occur (W_ASSIGNRHS, etc.) */
2702 string_list_pos_params (pchar
, list
, quoted
, pflags
)
2710 if (pchar
== '*' && (quoted
& Q_DOUBLE_QUOTES
))
2712 tlist
= quote_list (list
);
2713 word_list_remove_quoted_nulls (tlist
);
2714 ret
= string_list_dollar_star (tlist
, 0, 0);
2716 else if (pchar
== '*' && (quoted
& Q_HERE_DOCUMENT
))
2718 tlist
= quote_list (list
);
2719 word_list_remove_quoted_nulls (tlist
);
2720 ret
= string_list (tlist
);
2722 else if (pchar
== '*' && quoted
== 0 && ifs_is_null
) /* XXX */
2723 ret
= expand_no_split_dollar_star
? string_list_dollar_star (list
, quoted
, 0) : string_list_dollar_at (list
, quoted
, 0); /* Posix interp 888 */
2724 else if (pchar
== '*' && quoted
== 0 && (pflags
& PF_ASSIGNRHS
)) /* XXX */
2725 ret
= expand_no_split_dollar_star
? string_list_dollar_star (list
, quoted
, 0) : string_list_dollar_at (list
, quoted
, 0); /* Posix interp 888 */
2726 else if (pchar
== '*')
2728 /* Even when unquoted, string_list_dollar_star does the right thing
2729 making sure that the first character of $IFS is used as the
2731 ret
= string_list_dollar_star (list
, quoted
, 0);
2733 else if (pchar
== '@' && (quoted
& (Q_HERE_DOCUMENT
|Q_DOUBLE_QUOTES
)))
2734 /* We use string_list_dollar_at, but only if the string is quoted, since
2735 that quotes the escapes if it's not, which we don't want. We could
2736 use string_list (the old code did), but that doesn't do the right
2737 thing if the first character of $IFS is not a space. We use
2738 string_list_dollar_star if the string is unquoted so we make sure that
2739 the elements of $@ are separated by the first character of $IFS for
2741 ret
= string_list_dollar_at (list
, quoted
, 0);
2742 else if (pchar
== '@' && quoted
== 0 && ifs_is_null
) /* XXX */
2743 ret
= string_list_dollar_at (list
, quoted
, 0); /* Posix interp 888 */
2744 else if (pchar
== '@' && quoted
== 0 && (pflags
& PF_ASSIGNRHS
))
2745 ret
= string_list_dollar_at (list
, quoted
, pflags
); /* Posix interp 888 */
2746 else if (pchar
== '@')
2747 ret
= string_list_dollar_star (list
, quoted
, 0);
2749 ret
= string_list ((quoted
& (Q_HERE_DOCUMENT
|Q_DOUBLE_QUOTES
)) ? quote_list (list
) : list
);
2754 /* Return the list of words present in STRING. Separate the string into
2755 words at any of the characters found in SEPARATORS. If QUOTED is
2756 non-zero then word in the list will have its quoted flag set, otherwise
2757 the quoted flag is left as make_word () deemed fit.
2759 This obeys the P1003.2 word splitting semantics. If `separators' is
2760 exactly <space><tab><newline>, then the splitting algorithm is that of
2761 the Bourne shell, which treats any sequence of characters from `separators'
2762 as a delimiter. If IFS is unset, which results in `separators' being set
2763 to "", no splitting occurs. If separators has some other value, the
2764 following rules are applied (`IFS white space' means zero or more
2765 occurrences of <space>, <tab>, or <newline>, as long as those characters
2766 are in `separators'):
2768 1) IFS white space is ignored at the start and the end of the
2770 2) Each occurrence of a character in `separators' that is not
2771 IFS white space, along with any adjacent occurrences of
2772 IFS white space delimits a field.
2773 3) Any nonzero-length sequence of IFS white space delimits a field.
2776 /* BEWARE! list_string strips null arguments. Don't call it twice and
2777 expect to have "" preserved! */
2779 /* This performs word splitting and quoted null character removal on
2782 (((separators)[0]) ? ((separators)[1] ? isifs(c) \
2783 : (c) == (separators)[0]) \
2786 /* member of the space character class in the current locale */
2787 #define ifs_whitespace(c) ISSPACE(c)
2789 /* "adjacent IFS white space" */
2790 #define ifs_whitesep(c) ((sh_style_split || separators == 0) ? spctabnl (c) \
2791 : ifs_whitespace (c))
2794 list_string (string
, separators
, quoted
)
2795 register char *string
, *separators
;
2800 char *current_word
, *s
;
2801 int sindex
, sh_style_split
, whitesep
, xflags
, free_word
;
2804 if (!string
|| !*string
)
2805 return ((WORD_LIST
*)NULL
);
2807 sh_style_split
= separators
&& separators
[0] == ' ' &&
2808 separators
[1] == '\t' &&
2809 separators
[2] == '\n' &&
2810 separators
[3] == '\0';
2811 for (xflags
= 0, s
= ifs_value
; s
&& *s
; s
++)
2813 if (*s
== CTLESC
) xflags
|= SX_NOCTLESC
;
2814 else if (*s
== CTLNUL
) xflags
|= SX_NOESCCTLNUL
;
2818 /* Remove sequences of whitespace at the beginning of STRING, as
2819 long as those characters appear in IFS. Do not do this if
2820 STRING is quoted or if there are no separator characters. We use the
2821 Posix definition of whitespace as a member of the space character
2822 class in the current locale. */
2824 if (!quoted
|| !separators
|| !*separators
)
2826 /* issep() requires that separators be non-null, and always returns 0 if
2827 separator is the empty string, so don't bother if we get an empty string
2828 for separators. We already returned NULL above if STRING is empty. */
2829 if (!quoted
&& separators
&& *separators
)
2832 for (s
= string
; *s
&& issep (*s
) && ifs_whitespace (*s
); s
++);
2835 return ((WORD_LIST
*)NULL
);
2840 /* OK, now STRING points to a word that does not begin with white space.
2841 The splitting algorithm is:
2842 extract a word, stopping at a separator
2843 skip sequences of whitespace characters as long as they are separators
2844 This obeys the field splitting rules in Posix.2. */
2845 slen
= STRLEN (string
);
2846 for (result
= (WORD_LIST
*)NULL
, sindex
= 0; string
[sindex
]; )
2848 /* Don't need string length in ADVANCE_CHAR unless multibyte chars are
2849 possible, but need it in string_extract_verbatim for bounds checking */
2850 current_word
= string_extract_verbatim (string
, slen
, &sindex
, separators
, xflags
);
2851 if (current_word
== 0)
2854 free_word
= 1; /* If non-zero, we free current_word */
2856 /* If we have a quoted empty string, add a quoted null argument. We
2857 want to preserve the quoted null character iff this is a quoted
2858 empty string; otherwise the quoted null characters are removed
2860 if (QUOTED_NULL (current_word
))
2862 t
= alloc_word_desc ();
2863 t
->word
= make_quoted_char ('\0');
2864 t
->flags
|= W_QUOTED
|W_HASQUOTEDNULL
;
2865 result
= make_word_list (t
, result
);
2867 else if (current_word
[0] != '\0')
2869 /* If we have something, then add it regardless. However,
2870 perform quoted null character removal on the current word. */
2871 remove_quoted_nulls (current_word
);
2873 /* We don't want to set the word flags based on the string contents
2874 here -- that's mostly for the parser -- so we just allocate a
2875 WORD_DESC *, assign current_word (noting that we don't want to
2876 free it), and skip all of make_word. */
2877 t
= alloc_word_desc ();
2878 t
->word
= current_word
;
2879 result
= make_word_list (t
, result
);
2881 result
->word
->flags
&= ~W_HASQUOTEDNULL
; /* just to be sure */
2882 if (quoted
& (Q_DOUBLE_QUOTES
|Q_HERE_DOCUMENT
))
2883 result
->word
->flags
|= W_QUOTED
;
2884 /* If removing quoted null characters leaves an empty word, note
2885 that we saw this for the caller to act on. */
2886 if (current_word
== 0 || current_word
[0] == '\0')
2887 result
->word
->flags
|= W_SAWQUOTEDNULL
;
2890 /* If we're not doing sequences of separators in the traditional
2891 Bourne shell style, then add a quoted null argument. */
2892 else if (!sh_style_split
&& !ifs_whitespace (string
[sindex
]))
2894 t
= alloc_word_desc ();
2895 t
->word
= make_quoted_char ('\0');
2896 t
->flags
|= W_QUOTED
|W_HASQUOTEDNULL
;
2897 result
= make_word_list (t
, result
);
2901 free (current_word
);
2903 /* Note whether or not the separator is IFS whitespace, used later. */
2904 whitesep
= string
[sindex
] && ifs_whitesep (string
[sindex
]);
2906 /* Move past the current separator character. */
2910 ADVANCE_CHAR (string
, slen
, sindex
);
2913 /* Now skip sequences of whitespace characters if they are
2914 in the list of separators. */
2915 while (string
[sindex
] && ifs_whitesep (string
[sindex
]) && issep (string
[sindex
]))
2918 /* If the first separator was IFS whitespace and the current character
2919 is a non-whitespace IFS character, it should be part of the current
2920 field delimiter, not a separate delimiter that would result in an
2921 empty field. Look at POSIX.2, 3.6.5, (3)(b). */
2922 if (string
[sindex
] && whitesep
&& issep (string
[sindex
]) && !ifs_whitesep (string
[sindex
]))
2925 /* An IFS character that is not IFS white space, along with any
2926 adjacent IFS white space, shall delimit a field. (SUSv3) */
2927 while (string
[sindex
] && ifs_whitesep (string
[sindex
]) && isifs (string
[sindex
]))
2931 return (REVERSE_LIST (result
, WORD_LIST
*));
2934 /* Parse a single word from STRING, using SEPARATORS to separate fields.
2935 ENDPTR is set to the first character after the word. This is used by
2938 This is never called with SEPARATORS != $IFS, and takes advantage of that.
2940 XXX - this function is very similar to list_string; they should be
2943 /* character is in $IFS */
2944 #define islocalsep(c) (local_cmap[(unsigned char)(c)] != 0)
2947 get_word_from_string (stringp
, separators
, endptr
)
2948 char **stringp
, *separators
, **endptr
;
2952 int sindex
, sh_style_split
, whitesep
, xflags
;
2953 unsigned char local_cmap
[UCHAR_MAX
+1]; /* really only need single-byte chars here */
2956 if (!stringp
|| !*stringp
|| !**stringp
)
2957 return ((char *)NULL
);
2959 sh_style_split
= separators
&& separators
[0] == ' ' &&
2960 separators
[1] == '\t' &&
2961 separators
[2] == '\n' &&
2962 separators
[3] == '\0';
2963 memset (local_cmap
, '\0', sizeof (local_cmap
));
2964 for (xflags
= 0, s
= separators
; s
&& *s
; s
++)
2966 if (*s
== CTLESC
) xflags
|= SX_NOCTLESC
;
2967 if (*s
== CTLNUL
) xflags
|= SX_NOESCCTLNUL
;
2968 local_cmap
[(unsigned char)*s
] = 1; /* local charmap of separators */
2974 /* Remove sequences of whitespace at the beginning of STRING, as
2975 long as those characters appear in SEPARATORS. This happens if
2976 SEPARATORS == $' \t\n' or if IFS is unset. */
2977 if (sh_style_split
|| separators
== 0)
2978 for (; *s
&& spctabnl (*s
) && islocalsep (*s
); s
++);
2980 for (; *s
&& ifs_whitespace (*s
) && islocalsep (*s
); s
++);
2982 /* If the string is nothing but whitespace, update it and return. */
2988 return ((char *)NULL
);
2991 /* OK, S points to a word that does not begin with white space.
2992 Now extract a word, stopping at a separator, save a pointer to
2993 the first character after the word, then skip sequences of spc,
2994 tab, or nl as long as they are separators.
2996 This obeys the field splitting rules in Posix.2. */
2998 /* Don't need string length in ADVANCE_CHAR unless multibyte chars are
2999 possible, but need it in string_extract_verbatim for bounds checking */
3001 current_word
= string_extract_verbatim (s
, slen
, &sindex
, separators
, xflags
);
3003 /* Set ENDPTR to the first character after the end of the word. */
3005 *endptr
= s
+ sindex
;
3007 /* Note whether or not the separator is IFS whitespace, used later. */
3008 whitesep
= s
[sindex
] && ifs_whitesep (s
[sindex
]);
3010 /* Move past the current separator character. */
3014 ADVANCE_CHAR (s
, slen
, sindex
);
3017 /* Now skip sequences of space, tab, or newline characters if they are
3018 in the list of separators. */
3019 while (s
[sindex
] && spctabnl (s
[sindex
]) && islocalsep (s
[sindex
]))
3022 /* If the first separator was IFS whitespace and the current character is
3023 a non-whitespace IFS character, it should be part of the current field
3024 delimiter, not a separate delimiter that would result in an empty field.
3025 Look at POSIX.2, 3.6.5, (3)(b). */
3026 if (s
[sindex
] && whitesep
&& islocalsep (s
[sindex
]) && !ifs_whitesep (s
[sindex
]))
3029 /* An IFS character that is not IFS white space, along with any adjacent
3030 IFS white space, shall delimit a field. */
3031 while (s
[sindex
] && ifs_whitesep (s
[sindex
]) && islocalsep(s
[sindex
]))
3035 /* Update STRING to point to the next field. */
3036 *stringp
= s
+ sindex
;
3037 return (current_word
);
3040 /* Remove IFS white space at the end of STRING. Start at the end
3041 of the string and walk backwards until the beginning of the string
3042 or we find a character that's not IFS white space and not CTLESC.
3043 Only let CTLESC escape a white space character if SAW_ESCAPE is
3046 strip_trailing_ifs_whitespace (string
, separators
, saw_escape
)
3047 char *string
, *separators
;
3052 s
= string
+ STRLEN (string
) - 1;
3053 while (s
> string
&& ((spctabnl (*s
) && isifs (*s
)) ||
3054 (saw_escape
&& *s
== CTLESC
&& spctabnl (s
[1]))))
3062 /* Split STRING into words at whitespace. Obeys shell-style quoting with
3063 backslashes, single and double quotes. */
3065 list_string_with_quotes (string
)
3071 int c
, i
, tokstart
, len
;
3073 for (s
= string
; s
&& *s
&& spctabnl (*s
); s
++)
3075 if (s
== 0 || *s
== 0)
3076 return ((WORD_LIST
*)NULL
);
3080 list
= (WORD_LIST
*)NULL
;
3091 i
= skip_single_quoted (s
, s_len
, ++i
, 0);
3093 i
= skip_double_quoted (s
, s_len
, ++i
, 0);
3094 else if (c
== 0 || spctabnl (c
))
3096 /* We have found the end of a token. Make a word out of it and
3097 add it to the word list. */
3098 token
= substring (s
, tokstart
, i
);
3099 list
= add_string_to_list (token
, list
);
3101 while (spctabnl (s
[i
]))
3109 i
++; /* normal character */
3111 return (REVERSE_LIST (list
, WORD_LIST
*));
3115 /********************************************************/
3117 /* Functions to perform assignment statements */
3119 /********************************************************/
3121 #if defined (ARRAY_VARS)
3123 do_compound_assignment (name
, value
, flags
)
3128 int mklocal
, mkassoc
, mkglobal
, chklocal
;
3130 char *newname
; /* used for local nameref references */
3132 mklocal
= flags
& ASS_MKLOCAL
;
3133 mkassoc
= flags
& ASS_MKASSOC
;
3134 mkglobal
= flags
& ASS_MKGLOBAL
;
3135 chklocal
= flags
& ASS_CHKLOCAL
;
3137 if (mklocal
&& variable_context
)
3139 v
= find_variable (name
); /* follows namerefs */
3140 newname
= (v
== 0) ? nameref_transform_name (name
, flags
) : v
->name
;
3141 if (v
&& ((readonly_p (v
) && (flags
& ASS_FORCE
) == 0) || noassign_p (v
)))
3144 err_readonly (name
);
3145 return (v
); /* XXX */
3147 list
= expand_compound_array_assignment (v
, value
, flags
);
3149 v
= make_local_assoc_variable (newname
, 0);
3150 else if (v
== 0 || (array_p (v
) == 0 && assoc_p (v
) == 0) || v
->context
!= variable_context
)
3151 v
= make_local_array_variable (newname
, 0);
3153 assign_compound_array_list (v
, list
, flags
);
3155 dispose_words (list
);
3157 /* In a function but forcing assignment in global context. CHKLOCAL means to
3158 check for an existing local variable first. */
3159 else if (mkglobal
&& variable_context
)
3161 v
= chklocal
? find_variable (name
) : 0;
3162 if (v
&& (local_p (v
) == 0 || v
->context
!= variable_context
))
3165 v
= find_global_variable (name
);
3166 if (v
&& ((readonly_p (v
) && (flags
& ASS_FORCE
) == 0) || noassign_p (v
)))
3169 err_readonly (name
);
3170 return (v
); /* XXX */
3173 newname
= (v
== 0) ? nameref_transform_name (name
, flags
) : name
;
3174 list
= expand_compound_array_assignment (v
, value
, flags
);
3175 if (v
== 0 && mkassoc
)
3176 v
= make_new_assoc_variable (newname
);
3177 else if (v
&& mkassoc
&& assoc_p (v
) == 0)
3178 v
= convert_var_to_assoc (v
);
3180 v
= make_new_array_variable (newname
);
3181 else if (v
&& mkassoc
== 0 && array_p (v
) == 0)
3182 v
= convert_var_to_array (v
);
3184 assign_compound_array_list (v
, list
, flags
);
3186 dispose_words (list
);
3190 v
= assign_array_from_string (name
, value
, flags
);
3191 if (v
&& ((readonly_p (v
) && (flags
& ASS_FORCE
) == 0) || noassign_p (v
)))
3194 err_readonly (name
);
3195 return (v
); /* XXX */
3203 /* Given STRING, an assignment string, get the value of the right side
3204 of the `=', and bind it to the left side. If EXPAND is true, then
3205 perform parameter expansion, command substitution, and arithmetic
3206 expansion on the right-hand side. Perform tilde expansion in any
3207 case. Do not perform word splitting on the result of expansion. */
3209 do_assignment_internal (word
, expand
)
3210 const WORD_DESC
*word
;
3213 int offset
, appendop
, assign_list
, aflags
, retval
;
3214 char *name
, *value
, *temp
;
3216 #if defined (ARRAY_VARS)
3222 if (word
== 0 || word
->word
== 0)
3225 appendop
= assign_list
= aflags
= 0;
3226 string
= word
->word
;
3227 offset
= assignment (string
, 0);
3228 name
= savestring (string
);
3229 value
= (char *)NULL
;
3231 if (name
[offset
] == '=')
3233 if (name
[offset
- 1] == '+')
3236 name
[offset
- 1] = '\0';
3239 name
[offset
] = 0; /* might need this set later */
3240 temp
= name
+ offset
+ 1;
3242 #if defined (ARRAY_VARS)
3243 if (expand
&& (word
->flags
& W_COMPASSIGN
))
3245 assign_list
= ni
= 1;
3246 value
= extract_array_assignment_list (temp
, &ni
);
3250 if (expand
&& temp
[0])
3251 value
= expand_string_if_necessary (temp
, 0, expand_string_assignment
);
3253 value
= savestring (temp
);
3258 value
= (char *)xmalloc (1);
3262 if (echo_command_at_execute
)
3265 name
[offset
- 1] = '+';
3266 xtrace_print_assignment (name
, value
, assign_list
, 1);
3268 name
[offset
- 1] = '\0';
3271 #define ASSIGN_RETURN(r) do { FREE (value); free (name); return (r); } while (0)
3274 aflags
|= ASS_APPEND
;
3276 #if defined (ARRAY_VARS)
3277 if (t
= mbschr (name
, LBRACK
))
3281 report_error (_("%s: cannot assign list to array member"), name
);
3284 entry
= assign_array_element (name
, value
, aflags
);
3288 else if (assign_list
)
3290 if ((word
->flags
& W_ASSIGNARG
) && (word
->flags
& W_CHKLOCAL
))
3291 aflags
|= ASS_CHKLOCAL
;
3292 if ((word
->flags
& W_ASSIGNARG
) && (word
->flags
& W_ASSNGLOBAL
) == 0)
3293 aflags
|= ASS_MKLOCAL
;
3294 if ((word
->flags
& W_ASSIGNARG
) && (word
->flags
& W_ASSNGLOBAL
))
3295 aflags
|= ASS_MKGLOBAL
;
3296 if (word
->flags
& W_ASSIGNASSOC
)
3297 aflags
|= ASS_MKASSOC
;
3298 entry
= do_compound_assignment (name
, value
, aflags
);
3301 #endif /* ARRAY_VARS */
3302 entry
= bind_variable (name
, value
, aflags
);
3305 stupidly_hack_special_variables (entry
->name
); /* might be a nameref */
3307 stupidly_hack_special_variables (name
);
3309 /* Return 1 if the assignment seems to have been performed correctly. */
3310 if (entry
== 0 || readonly_p (entry
))
3311 retval
= 0; /* assignment failure */
3312 else if (noassign_p (entry
))
3314 set_exit_status (EXECUTION_FAILURE
);
3315 retval
= 1; /* error status, but not assignment failure */
3320 if (entry
&& retval
!= 0 && noassign_p (entry
) == 0)
3321 VUNSETATTR (entry
, att_invisible
);
3323 ASSIGN_RETURN (retval
);
3326 /* Perform the assignment statement in STRING, and expand the
3327 right side by doing tilde, command and parameter expansion. */
3329 do_assignment (string
)
3334 td
.flags
= W_ASSIGNMENT
;
3337 return do_assignment_internal (&td
, 1);
3341 do_word_assignment (word
, flags
)
3345 return do_assignment_internal (word
, 1);
3348 /* Given STRING, an assignment string, get the value of the right side
3349 of the `=', and bind it to the left side. Do not perform any word
3350 expansions on the right hand side. */
3352 do_assignment_no_expand (string
)
3357 td
.flags
= W_ASSIGNMENT
;
3360 return (do_assignment_internal (&td
, 0));
3363 /***************************************************
3365 * Functions to manage the positional parameters *
3367 ***************************************************/
3369 /* Return the word list that corresponds to `$*'. */
3371 list_rest_of_args ()
3373 register WORD_LIST
*list
, *args
;
3376 /* Break out of the loop as soon as one of the dollar variables is null. */
3377 for (i
= 1, list
= (WORD_LIST
*)NULL
; i
< 10 && dollar_vars
[i
]; i
++)
3378 list
= make_word_list (make_bare_word (dollar_vars
[i
]), list
);
3380 for (args
= rest_of_args
; args
; args
= args
->next
)
3381 list
= make_word_list (make_bare_word (args
->word
->word
), list
);
3383 return (REVERSE_LIST (list
, WORD_LIST
*));
3386 /* Return the value of a positional parameter. This handles values > 10. */
3388 get_dollar_var_value (ind
)
3395 temp
= dollar_vars
[ind
] ? savestring (dollar_vars
[ind
]) : (char *)NULL
;
3396 else /* We want something like ${11} */
3399 for (p
= rest_of_args
; p
&& ind
--; p
= p
->next
)
3401 temp
= p
? savestring (p
->word
->word
) : (char *)NULL
;
3406 /* Make a single large string out of the dollar digit variables,
3407 and the rest_of_args. If DOLLAR_STAR is 1, then obey the special
3408 case of "$*" with respect to IFS. */
3410 string_rest_of_args (dollar_star
)
3413 register WORD_LIST
*list
;
3416 list
= list_rest_of_args ();
3417 string
= dollar_star
? string_list_dollar_star (list
, 0, 0) : string_list (list
);
3418 dispose_words (list
);
3422 /* Return a string containing the positional parameters from START to
3423 END, inclusive. If STRING[0] == '*', we obey the rules for $*,
3424 which only makes a difference if QUOTED is non-zero. If QUOTED includes
3425 Q_HERE_DOCUMENT or Q_DOUBLE_QUOTES, this returns a quoted list, otherwise
3426 no quoting chars are added. */
3428 pos_params (string
, start
, end
, quoted
, pflags
)
3430 int start
, end
, quoted
, pflags
;
3432 WORD_LIST
*save
, *params
, *h
, *t
;
3436 /* see if we can short-circuit. if start == end, we want 0 parameters. */
3438 return ((char *)NULL
);
3440 save
= params
= list_rest_of_args ();
3441 if (save
== 0 && start
> 0)
3442 return ((char *)NULL
);
3444 if (start
== 0) /* handle ${@:0[:x]} specially */
3446 t
= make_word_list (make_word (dollar_vars
[0]), params
);
3450 for (i
= start
? 1 : 0; params
&& i
< start
; i
++)
3451 params
= params
->next
;
3454 dispose_words (save
);
3455 return ((char *)NULL
);
3457 for (h
= t
= params
; params
&& i
< end
; i
++)
3460 params
= params
->next
;
3462 t
->next
= (WORD_LIST
*)NULL
;
3464 ret
= string_list_pos_params (string
[0], h
, quoted
, pflags
);
3469 dispose_words (save
);
3473 /******************************************************************/
3475 /* Functions to expand strings to strings or WORD_LISTs */
3477 /******************************************************************/
3479 #if defined (PROCESS_SUBSTITUTION)
3480 #define EXP_CHAR(s) (s == '$' || s == '`' || s == '<' || s == '>' || s == CTLESC || s == '~')
3482 #define EXP_CHAR(s) (s == '$' || s == '`' || s == CTLESC || s == '~')
3485 /* If there are any characters in STRING that require full expansion,
3486 then call FUNC to expand STRING; otherwise just perform quote
3487 removal if necessary. This returns a new string. */
3489 expand_string_if_necessary (string
, quoted
, func
)
3500 /* Don't need string length for ADVANCE_CHAR unless multibyte chars possible. */
3501 slen
= (MB_CUR_MAX
> 1) ? strlen (string
) : 0;
3505 if (EXP_CHAR (string
[i
]))
3507 else if (string
[i
] == '\'' || string
[i
] == '\\' || string
[i
] == '"')
3509 ADVANCE_CHAR (string
, slen
, i
);
3514 list
= (*func
) (string
, quoted
);
3517 ret
= string_list (list
);
3518 dispose_words (list
);
3523 else if (saw_quote
&& ((quoted
& (Q_HERE_DOCUMENT
|Q_DOUBLE_QUOTES
)) == 0))
3524 ret
= string_quote_removal (string
, quoted
);
3526 ret
= savestring (string
);
3531 static inline char *
3532 expand_string_to_string_internal (string
, quoted
, func
)
3540 if (string
== 0 || *string
== '\0')
3541 return ((char *)NULL
);
3543 list
= (*func
) (string
, quoted
);
3546 ret
= string_list (list
);
3547 dispose_words (list
);
3556 expand_string_to_string (string
, quoted
)
3560 return (expand_string_to_string_internal (string
, quoted
, expand_string
));
3564 expand_string_unsplit_to_string (string
, quoted
)
3568 return (expand_string_to_string_internal (string
, quoted
, expand_string_unsplit
));
3572 expand_assignment_string_to_string (string
, quoted
)
3576 return (expand_string_to_string_internal (string
, quoted
, expand_string_assignment
));
3580 expand_arith_string (string
, quoted
)
3585 WORD_LIST
*list
, *tlist
;
3591 /* Don't need string length for ADVANCE_CHAR unless multibyte chars possible. */
3592 slen
= (MB_CUR_MAX
> 1) ? strlen (string
) : 0;
3596 if (EXP_CHAR (string
[i
]))
3598 else if (string
[i
] == '\'' || string
[i
] == '\\' || string
[i
] == '"')
3600 ADVANCE_CHAR (string
, slen
, i
);
3605 /* This is expanded version of expand_string_internal as it's called by
3606 expand_string_leave_quoted */
3607 td
.flags
= W_NOPROCSUB
|W_NOTILDE
; /* don't want process substitution or tilde expansion */
3608 #if 0 /* TAG: bash-5.2 */
3609 if (quoted
& Q_ARRAYSUB
)
3610 td
.flags
|= W_NOCOMSUB
;
3612 td
.word
= savestring (string
);
3613 list
= call_expand_word_internal (&td
, quoted
, 0, (int *)NULL
, (int *)NULL
);
3614 /* This takes care of the calls from expand_string_leave_quoted and
3618 tlist
= word_list_split (list
);
3619 dispose_words (list
);
3622 dequote_list (list
);
3624 /* This comes from expand_string_if_necessary */
3627 ret
= string_list (list
);
3628 dispose_words (list
);
3634 else if (saw_quote
&& (quoted
& Q_ARITH
))
3635 ret
= string_quote_removal (string
, quoted
);
3636 else if (saw_quote
&& ((quoted
& (Q_HERE_DOCUMENT
|Q_DOUBLE_QUOTES
)) == 0))
3637 ret
= string_quote_removal (string
, quoted
);
3639 ret
= savestring (string
);
3644 #if defined (COND_COMMAND)
3645 /* Just remove backslashes in STRING. Returns a new string. */
3647 remove_backslashes (string
)
3652 r
= ret
= (char *)xmalloc (strlen (string
) + 1);
3653 for (s
= string
; s
&& *s
; )
3665 /* This needs better error handling. */
3666 /* Expand W for use as an argument to a unary or binary operator in a
3667 [[...]] expression. If SPECIAL is 1, this is the rhs argument
3668 to the != or == operator, and should be treated as a pattern. In
3669 this case, we quote the string specially for the globbing code. If
3670 SPECIAL is 2, this is an rhs argument for the =~ operator, and should
3671 be quoted appropriately for regcomp/regexec. The caller is responsible
3672 for removing the backslashes if the unquoted word is needed later. In
3673 any case, since we don't perform word splitting, we need to do quoted
3674 null character removal. */
3676 cond_expand_word (w
, special
)
3684 if (w
->word
== 0 || w
->word
[0] == '\0')
3685 return ((char *)NULL
);
3687 expand_no_split_dollar_star
= 1;
3688 w
->flags
|= W_NOSPLIT2
;
3689 l
= call_expand_word_internal (w
, 0, 0, (int *)0, (int *)0);
3690 expand_no_split_dollar_star
= 0;
3693 if (special
== 0) /* LHS */
3696 word_list_remove_quoted_nulls (l
);
3698 r
= string_list (l
);
3702 /* Need to figure out whether or not we should call dequote_escapes
3703 or a new dequote_ctlnul function here, and under what
3705 qflags
= QGLOB_CVTNULL
|QGLOB_CTLESC
;
3707 qflags
|= QGLOB_REGEXP
;
3708 word_list_remove_quoted_nulls (l
);
3709 p
= string_list (l
);
3710 r
= quote_string_for_globbing (p
, qflags
);
3722 /* Call expand_word_internal to expand W and handle error returns.
3723 A convenience function for functions that don't want to handle
3724 any errors or free any memory before aborting. */
3726 call_expand_word_internal (w
, q
, i
, c
, e
)
3732 result
= expand_word_internal (w
, q
, i
, c
, e
);
3733 if (result
== &expand_word_error
|| result
== &expand_word_fatal
)
3735 /* By convention, each time this error is returned, w->word has
3736 already been freed (it sometimes may not be in the fatal case,
3737 but that doesn't result in a memory leak because we're going
3738 to exit in most cases). */
3739 w
->word
= (char *)NULL
;
3740 last_command_exit_value
= EXECUTION_FAILURE
;
3741 exp_jump_to_top_level ((result
== &expand_word_error
) ? DISCARD
: FORCE_EOF
);
3749 /* Perform parameter expansion, command substitution, and arithmetic
3750 expansion on STRING, as if it were a word. Leave the result quoted.
3751 Since this does not perform word splitting, it leaves quoted nulls
3754 expand_string_internal (string
, quoted
)
3761 if (string
== 0 || *string
== 0)
3762 return ((WORD_LIST
*)NULL
);
3765 td
.word
= savestring (string
);
3767 tresult
= call_expand_word_internal (&td
, quoted
, 0, (int *)NULL
, (int *)NULL
);
3773 /* Expand STRING by performing parameter expansion, command substitution,
3774 and arithmetic expansion. Dequote the resulting WORD_LIST before
3775 returning it, but do not perform word splitting. The call to
3776 remove_quoted_nulls () is in here because word splitting normally
3777 takes care of quote removal. */
3779 expand_string_unsplit (string
, quoted
)
3785 if (string
== 0 || *string
== '\0')
3786 return ((WORD_LIST
*)NULL
);
3788 expand_no_split_dollar_star
= 1;
3789 value
= expand_string_internal (string
, quoted
);
3790 expand_no_split_dollar_star
= 0;
3796 remove_quoted_nulls (value
->word
->word
); /* XXX */
3797 value
->word
->flags
&= ~W_HASQUOTEDNULL
;
3799 dequote_list (value
);
3804 /* Expand the rhs of an assignment statement */
3806 expand_string_assignment (string
, quoted
)
3813 if (string
== 0 || *string
== '\0')
3814 return ((WORD_LIST
*)NULL
);
3816 expand_no_split_dollar_star
= 1;
3819 /* Other shells (ksh93) do it this way, which affects how $@ is expanded
3820 in constructs like bar=${@#0} (preserves the spaces resulting from the
3821 expansion of $@ in a context where you don't do word splitting); Posix
3822 interp 888 makes the expansion of $@ in contexts where word splitting
3823 is not performed unspecified. */
3824 td
.flags
= W_ASSIGNRHS
|W_NOSPLIT2
; /* Posix interp 888 */
3826 td
.flags
= W_ASSIGNRHS
;
3828 td
.word
= savestring (string
);
3829 value
= call_expand_word_internal (&td
, quoted
, 0, (int *)NULL
, (int *)NULL
);
3832 expand_no_split_dollar_star
= 0;
3838 remove_quoted_nulls (value
->word
->word
); /* XXX */
3839 value
->word
->flags
&= ~W_HASQUOTEDNULL
;
3841 dequote_list (value
);
3847 /* Expand one of the PS? prompt strings. This is a sort of combination of
3848 expand_string_unsplit and expand_string_internal, but returns the
3849 passed string when an error occurs. Might want to trap other calls
3850 to jump_to_top_level here so we don't endlessly loop. */
3852 expand_prompt_string (string
, quoted
, wflags
)
3860 if (string
== 0 || *string
== 0)
3861 return ((WORD_LIST
*)NULL
);
3864 td
.word
= savestring (string
);
3866 no_longjmp_on_fatal_error
= 1;
3867 value
= expand_word_internal (&td
, quoted
, 0, (int *)NULL
, (int *)NULL
);
3868 no_longjmp_on_fatal_error
= 0;
3870 if (value
== &expand_word_error
|| value
== &expand_word_fatal
)
3872 value
= make_word_list (make_bare_word (string
), (WORD_LIST
*)NULL
);
3880 remove_quoted_nulls (value
->word
->word
); /* XXX */
3881 value
->word
->flags
&= ~W_HASQUOTEDNULL
;
3883 dequote_list (value
);
3888 /* Expand STRING just as if you were expanding a word, but do not dequote
3889 the resultant WORD_LIST. This is called only from within this file,
3890 and is used to correctly preserve quoted characters when expanding
3891 things like ${1+"$@"}. This does parameter expansion, command
3892 substitution, arithmetic expansion, and word splitting. */
3894 expand_string_leave_quoted (string
, quoted
)
3901 if (string
== 0 || *string
== '\0')
3902 return ((WORD_LIST
*)NULL
);
3904 tlist
= expand_string_internal (string
, quoted
);
3908 tresult
= word_list_split (tlist
);
3909 dispose_words (tlist
);
3912 return ((WORD_LIST
*)NULL
);
3915 /* This does not perform word splitting or dequote the WORD_LIST
3918 expand_string_for_rhs (string
, quoted
, op
, pflags
, dollar_at_p
, expanded_p
)
3920 int quoted
, op
, pflags
;
3921 int *dollar_at_p
, *expanded_p
;
3927 if (string
== 0 || *string
== '\0')
3928 return (WORD_LIST
*)NULL
;
3930 /* We want field splitting to be determined by what is going to be done with
3931 the entire ${parameterOPword} expansion, so we don't want to split the RHS
3932 we expand here. However, the expansion of $* is determined by whether we
3933 are going to eventually perform word splitting, so we want to set this
3934 depending on whether or not are are going to be splitting: if the expansion
3935 is quoted, if the OP is `=', or if IFS is set to the empty string, we
3936 are not going to be splitting, so we set expand_no_split_dollar_star to
3937 note this to callees.
3938 We pass through PF_ASSIGNRHS as W_ASSIGNRHS if this is on the RHS of an
3939 assignment statement. */
3940 /* The updated treatment of $* is the result of Posix interp 888 */
3941 /* This was further clarified on the austin-group list in March, 2017 and
3942 in Posix bug 1129 */
3943 old_nosplit
= expand_no_split_dollar_star
;
3944 expand_no_split_dollar_star
= (quoted
& (Q_DOUBLE_QUOTES
|Q_HERE_DOCUMENT
)) || op
== '=' || ifs_is_null
== 0; /* XXX - was 1 */
3945 td
.flags
= W_EXPANDRHS
; /* expanding RHS of ${paramOPword} */
3946 td
.flags
|= W_NOSPLIT2
; /* no splitting, remove "" and '' */
3947 if (pflags
& PF_ASSIGNRHS
) /* pass through */
3948 td
.flags
|= W_ASSIGNRHS
;
3951 td
.flags
|= W_ASSIGNRHS
; /* expand b in ${a=b} like assignment */
3953 td
.flags
|= W_ASSIGNRHS
|W_NOASSNTILDE
; /* expand b in ${a=b} like assignment */
3956 tresult
= call_expand_word_internal (&td
, quoted
, 1, dollar_at_p
, expanded_p
);
3957 expand_no_split_dollar_star
= old_nosplit
;
3962 /* This does not perform word splitting or dequote the WORD_LIST
3963 it returns and it treats $* as if it were quoted. */
3965 expand_string_for_pat (string
, quoted
, dollar_at_p
, expanded_p
)
3967 int quoted
, *dollar_at_p
, *expanded_p
;
3973 if (string
== 0 || *string
== '\0')
3974 return (WORD_LIST
*)NULL
;
3976 oexp
= expand_no_split_dollar_star
;
3977 expand_no_split_dollar_star
= 1;
3978 td
.flags
= W_NOSPLIT2
; /* no splitting, remove "" and '' */
3980 tresult
= call_expand_word_internal (&td
, quoted
, 1, dollar_at_p
, expanded_p
);
3981 expand_no_split_dollar_star
= oexp
;
3986 /* Expand STRING just as if you were expanding a word. This also returns
3987 a list of words. Note that filename globbing is *NOT* done for word
3988 or string expansion, just when the shell is expanding a command. This
3989 does parameter expansion, command substitution, arithmetic expansion,
3990 and word splitting. Dequote the resultant WORD_LIST before returning. */
3992 expand_string (string
, quoted
)
3998 if (string
== 0 || *string
== '\0')
3999 return ((WORD_LIST
*)NULL
);
4001 result
= expand_string_leave_quoted (string
, quoted
);
4002 return (result
? dequote_list (result
) : result
);
4005 /*******************************************
4007 * Functions to expand WORD_DESCs *
4009 *******************************************/
4011 /* Expand WORD, performing word splitting on the result. This does
4012 parameter expansion, command substitution, arithmetic expansion,
4013 word splitting, and quote removal. */
4016 expand_word (word
, quoted
)
4020 WORD_LIST
*result
, *tresult
;
4022 tresult
= call_expand_word_internal (word
, quoted
, 0, (int *)NULL
, (int *)NULL
);
4023 result
= word_list_split (tresult
);
4024 dispose_words (tresult
);
4025 return (result
? dequote_list (result
) : result
);
4028 /* Expand WORD, but do not perform word splitting on the result. This
4029 does parameter expansion, command substitution, arithmetic expansion,
4030 and quote removal. */
4032 expand_word_unsplit (word
, quoted
)
4038 result
= expand_word_leave_quoted (word
, quoted
);
4039 return (result
? dequote_list (result
) : result
);
4042 /* Perform shell expansions on WORD, but do not perform word splitting or
4043 quote removal on the result. Virtually identical to expand_word_unsplit;
4044 could be combined if implementations don't diverge. */
4046 expand_word_leave_quoted (word
, quoted
)
4052 expand_no_split_dollar_star
= 1;
4054 word
->flags
|= W_NOSPLIT
;
4055 word
->flags
|= W_NOSPLIT2
;
4056 result
= call_expand_word_internal (word
, quoted
, 0, (int *)NULL
, (int *)NULL
);
4057 expand_no_split_dollar_star
= 0;
4062 /***************************************************
4064 * Functions to handle quoting chars *
4066 ***************************************************/
4070 A string with s[0] == CTLNUL && s[1] == 0 is a quoted null string.
4071 The parser passes CTLNUL as CTLESC CTLNUL. */
4073 /* Quote escape characters in string s, but no other characters. This is
4074 used to protect CTLESC and CTLNUL in variable values from the rest of
4075 the word expansion process after the variable is expanded (word splitting
4076 and filename generation). If IFS is null, we quote spaces as well, just
4077 in case we split on spaces later (in the case of unquoted $@, we will
4078 eventually attempt to split the entire word on spaces). Corresponding
4079 code exists in dequote_escapes. Even if we don't end up splitting on
4080 spaces, quoting spaces is not a problem. This should never be called on
4081 a string that is quoted with single or double quotes or part of a here
4082 document (effectively double-quoted).
4083 FLAGS says whether or not we are going to split the result. If we are not,
4084 and there is a CTLESC or CTLNUL in IFS, we need to quote CTLESC and CTLNUL,
4085 respectively, to prevent them from being removed as part of dequoting. */
4087 quote_escapes_internal (string
, flags
)
4091 const char *s
, *send
;
4094 int quote_spaces
, skip_ctlesc
, skip_ctlnul
, nosplit
;
4097 slen
= strlen (string
);
4098 send
= string
+ slen
;
4100 quote_spaces
= (ifs_value
&& *ifs_value
== 0);
4101 nosplit
= (flags
& PF_NOSPLIT2
);
4103 for (skip_ctlesc
= skip_ctlnul
= 0, s
= ifs_value
; s
&& *s
; s
++)
4105 skip_ctlesc
|= (nosplit
== 0 && *s
== CTLESC
);
4106 skip_ctlnul
|= (nosplit
== 0 && *s
== CTLNUL
);
4109 t
= result
= (char *)xmalloc ((slen
* 2) + 1);
4114 if ((skip_ctlesc
== 0 && *s
== CTLESC
) || (skip_ctlnul
== 0 && *s
== CTLNUL
) || (quote_spaces
&& *s
== ' '))
4116 COPY_CHAR_P (t
, s
, send
);
4124 quote_escapes (string
)
4127 return (quote_escapes_internal (string
, 0));
4134 return (quote_escapes_internal (string
, PF_NOSPLIT2
));
4138 list_quote_escapes (list
)
4141 register WORD_LIST
*w
;
4144 for (w
= list
; w
; w
= w
->next
)
4147 w
->word
->word
= quote_escapes (t
);
4153 /* Inverse of quote_escapes; remove CTLESC protecting CTLESC or CTLNUL.
4155 The parser passes us CTLESC as CTLESC CTLESC and CTLNUL as CTLESC CTLNUL.
4156 This is necessary to make unquoted CTLESC and CTLNUL characters in the
4157 data stream pass through properly.
4159 We need to remove doubled CTLESC characters inside quoted strings before
4160 quoting the entire string, so we do not double the number of CTLESC
4163 Also used by parts of the pattern substitution code. */
4165 dequote_escapes (string
)
4168 const char *s
, *send
;
4177 slen
= strlen (string
);
4178 send
= string
+ slen
;
4180 t
= result
= (char *)xmalloc (slen
+ 1);
4182 if (strchr (string
, CTLESC
) == 0)
4183 return (strcpy (result
, string
));
4185 quote_spaces
= (ifs_value
&& *ifs_value
== 0);
4190 if (*s
== CTLESC
&& (s
[1] == CTLESC
|| s
[1] == CTLNUL
|| (quote_spaces
&& s
[1] == ' ')))
4196 COPY_CHAR_P (t
, s
, send
);
4203 #if defined (INCLUDE_UNUSED)
4205 list_dequote_escapes (list
)
4208 register WORD_LIST
*w
;
4211 for (w
= list
; w
; w
= w
->next
)
4214 w
->word
->word
= dequote_escapes (t
);
4221 /* Return a new string with the quoted representation of character C.
4222 This turns "" into QUOTED_NULL, so the W_HASQUOTEDNULL flag needs to be
4223 set in any resultant WORD_DESC where this value is the word. */
4225 make_quoted_char (c
)
4230 temp
= (char *)xmalloc (3);
4245 /* Quote STRING, returning a new string. This turns "" into QUOTED_NULL, so
4246 the W_HASQUOTEDNULL flag needs to be set in any resultant WORD_DESC where
4247 this value is the word. */
4249 quote_string (string
)
4254 char *result
, *send
;
4258 result
= (char *)xmalloc (2);
4266 slen
= strlen (string
);
4267 send
= string
+ slen
;
4269 result
= (char *)xmalloc ((slen
* 2) + 1);
4271 for (t
= result
; string
< send
; )
4274 COPY_CHAR_P (t
, string
, send
);
4281 /* De-quote quoted characters in STRING. */
4283 dequote_string (string
)
4286 register char *s
, *t
;
4288 char *result
, *send
;
4292 if (string
[0] == CTLESC
&& string
[1] == 0)
4293 internal_inform ("dequote_string: string with bare CTLESC");
4296 slen
= STRLEN (string
);
4298 t
= result
= (char *)xmalloc (slen
+ 1);
4300 if (QUOTED_NULL (string
))
4306 /* A string consisting of only a single CTLESC should pass through unchanged */
4307 if (string
[0] == CTLESC
&& string
[1] == 0)
4314 /* If no character in the string can be quoted, don't bother examining
4315 each character. Just return a copy of the string passed to us. */
4316 if (strchr (string
, CTLESC
) == NULL
)
4317 return (strcpy (result
, string
));
4319 send
= string
+ slen
;
4329 COPY_CHAR_P (t
, s
, send
);
4336 /* Quote the entire WORD_LIST list. */
4341 register WORD_LIST
*w
;
4344 for (w
= list
; w
; w
= w
->next
)
4347 w
->word
->word
= quote_string (t
);
4349 w
->word
->flags
|= W_HASQUOTEDNULL
; /* XXX - turn on W_HASQUOTEDNULL here? */
4350 w
->word
->flags
|= W_QUOTED
;
4362 s
= dequote_string (word
->word
);
4363 if (QUOTED_NULL (word
->word
))
4364 word
->flags
&= ~W_HASQUOTEDNULL
;
4371 /* De-quote quoted characters in each word in LIST. */
4377 register WORD_LIST
*tlist
;
4379 for (tlist
= list
; tlist
; tlist
= tlist
->next
)
4381 s
= dequote_string (tlist
->word
->word
);
4382 if (QUOTED_NULL (tlist
->word
->word
))
4383 tlist
->word
->flags
&= ~W_HASQUOTEDNULL
;
4384 free (tlist
->word
->word
);
4385 tlist
->word
->word
= s
;
4390 /* Remove CTLESC protecting a CTLESC or CTLNUL in place. Return the passed
4393 remove_quoted_escapes (string
)
4400 t
= dequote_escapes (string
);
4408 /* Remove quoted $IFS characters from STRING. Quoted IFS characters are
4409 added to protect them from word splitting, but we need to remove them
4410 if no word splitting takes place. This returns newly-allocated memory,
4411 so callers can use it to replace savestring(). */
4413 remove_quoted_ifs (string
)
4416 register size_t slen
;
4421 slen
= strlen (string
);
4422 send
= string
+ slen
;
4425 ret
= (char *)xmalloc (slen
+ 1);
4429 if (string
[i
] == CTLESC
)
4432 if (string
[i
] == 0 || isifs (string
[i
]) == 0)
4438 COPY_CHAR_I (ret
, j
, string
, send
, i
);
4446 remove_quoted_nulls (string
)
4449 register size_t slen
;
4450 register int i
, j
, prev_i
;
4453 if (strchr (string
, CTLNUL
) == 0) /* XXX */
4454 return string
; /* XXX */
4456 slen
= strlen (string
);
4461 if (string
[i
] == CTLESC
)
4463 /* Old code had j++, but we cannot assume that i == j at this
4464 point -- what if a CTLNUL has already been removed from the
4465 string? We don't want to drop the CTLESC or recopy characters
4466 that we've already copied down. */
4468 string
[j
++] = CTLESC
;
4472 else if (string
[i
] == CTLNUL
)
4479 ADVANCE_CHAR (string
, slen
, i
); /* COPY_CHAR_I? */
4482 do string
[j
++] = string
[prev_i
++]; while (prev_i
< i
);
4492 /* Perform quoted null character removal on each element of LIST.
4493 This modifies LIST. */
4495 word_list_remove_quoted_nulls (list
)
4498 register WORD_LIST
*t
;
4500 for (t
= list
; t
; t
= t
->next
)
4502 remove_quoted_nulls (t
->word
->word
);
4503 t
->word
->flags
&= ~W_HASQUOTEDNULL
;
4507 /* **************************************************************** */
4509 /* Functions for Matching and Removing Patterns */
4511 /* **************************************************************** */
4513 #if defined (HANDLE_MULTIBYTE)
4514 # ifdef INCLUDE_UNUSED
4515 static unsigned char *
4516 mb_getcharlens (string
, len
)
4520 int i
, offset
, last
;
4527 ret
= (unsigned char *)xmalloc (len
);
4528 memset (ret
, 0, len
);
4529 while (string
[last
])
4531 ADVANCE_CHAR (string
, len
, offset
);
4532 ret
[last
] = offset
- last
;
4540 /* Remove the portion of PARAM matched by PATTERN according to OP, where OP
4541 can have one of 4 values:
4542 RP_LONG_LEFT remove longest matching portion at start of PARAM
4543 RP_SHORT_LEFT remove shortest matching portion at start of PARAM
4544 RP_LONG_RIGHT remove longest matching portion at end of PARAM
4545 RP_SHORT_RIGHT remove shortest matching portion at end of PARAM
4548 #define RP_LONG_LEFT 1
4549 #define RP_SHORT_LEFT 2
4550 #define RP_LONG_RIGHT 3
4551 #define RP_SHORT_RIGHT 4
4553 /* Returns its first argument if nothing matched; new memory otherwise */
4555 remove_upattern (param
, pattern
, op
)
4556 char *param
, *pattern
;
4559 register size_t len
;
4561 register char *p
, *ret
, c
;
4563 len
= STRLEN (param
);
4568 case RP_LONG_LEFT
: /* remove longest match at start */
4569 for (p
= end
; p
>= param
; p
--)
4572 if (strmatch (pattern
, param
, FNMATCH_EXTFLAG
) != FNM_NOMATCH
)
4575 return (savestring (p
));
4582 case RP_SHORT_LEFT
: /* remove shortest match at start */
4583 for (p
= param
; p
<= end
; p
++)
4586 if (strmatch (pattern
, param
, FNMATCH_EXTFLAG
) != FNM_NOMATCH
)
4589 return (savestring (p
));
4595 case RP_LONG_RIGHT
: /* remove longest match at end */
4596 for (p
= param
; p
<= end
; p
++)
4598 if (strmatch (pattern
, p
, FNMATCH_EXTFLAG
) != FNM_NOMATCH
)
4601 ret
= savestring (param
);
4608 case RP_SHORT_RIGHT
: /* remove shortest match at end */
4609 for (p
= end
; p
>= param
; p
--)
4611 if (strmatch (pattern
, p
, FNMATCH_EXTFLAG
) != FNM_NOMATCH
)
4614 ret
= savestring (param
);
4622 return (param
); /* no match, return original string */
4625 #if defined (HANDLE_MULTIBYTE)
4626 /* Returns its first argument if nothing matched; new memory otherwise */
4628 remove_wpattern (wparam
, wstrlen
, wpattern
, op
)
4639 case RP_LONG_LEFT
: /* remove longest match at start */
4640 for (n
= wstrlen
; n
>= 0; n
--)
4642 wc
= wparam
[n
]; wparam
[n
] = L
'\0';
4643 if (wcsmatch (wpattern
, wparam
, FNMATCH_EXTFLAG
) != FNM_NOMATCH
)
4646 return (wcsdup (wparam
+ n
));
4652 case RP_SHORT_LEFT
: /* remove shortest match at start */
4653 for (n
= 0; n
<= wstrlen
; n
++)
4655 wc
= wparam
[n
]; wparam
[n
] = L
'\0';
4656 if (wcsmatch (wpattern
, wparam
, FNMATCH_EXTFLAG
) != FNM_NOMATCH
)
4659 return (wcsdup (wparam
+ n
));
4665 case RP_LONG_RIGHT
: /* remove longest match at end */
4666 for (n
= 0; n
<= wstrlen
; n
++)
4668 if (wcsmatch (wpattern
, wparam
+ n
, FNMATCH_EXTFLAG
) != FNM_NOMATCH
)
4670 wc
= wparam
[n
]; wparam
[n
] = L
'\0';
4671 ret
= wcsdup (wparam
);
4678 case RP_SHORT_RIGHT
: /* remove shortest match at end */
4679 for (n
= wstrlen
; n
>= 0; n
--)
4681 if (wcsmatch (wpattern
, wparam
+ n
, FNMATCH_EXTFLAG
) != FNM_NOMATCH
)
4683 wc
= wparam
[n
]; wparam
[n
] = L
'\0';
4684 ret
= wcsdup (wparam
);
4692 return (wparam
); /* no match, return original string */
4694 #endif /* HANDLE_MULTIBYTE */
4697 remove_pattern (param
, pattern
, op
)
4698 char *param
, *pattern
;
4705 if (*param
== '\0' || pattern
== NULL
|| *pattern
== '\0') /* minor optimization */
4706 return (savestring (param
));
4708 #if defined (HANDLE_MULTIBYTE)
4711 wchar_t *ret
, *oret
;
4713 wchar_t *wparam
, *wpattern
;
4716 /* XXX - could optimize here by checking param and pattern for multibyte
4717 chars with mbsmbchar and calling remove_upattern. */
4719 n
= xdupmbstowcs (&wpattern
, NULL
, pattern
);
4720 if (n
== (size_t)-1)
4722 xret
= remove_upattern (param
, pattern
, op
);
4723 return ((xret
== param
) ? savestring (param
) : xret
);
4725 n
= xdupmbstowcs (&wparam
, NULL
, param
);
4727 if (n
== (size_t)-1)
4730 xret
= remove_upattern (param
, pattern
, op
);
4731 return ((xret
== param
) ? savestring (param
) : xret
);
4733 oret
= ret
= remove_wpattern (wparam
, n
, wpattern
, op
);
4734 /* Don't bother to convert wparam back to multibyte string if nothing
4735 matched; just return copy of original string */
4740 return (savestring (param
));
4747 xret
= (char *)xmalloc (n
+ 1);
4748 memset (&ps
, '\0', sizeof (mbstate_t));
4749 n
= wcsrtombs (xret
, (const wchar_t **)&ret
, n
, &ps
);
4750 xret
[n
] = '\0'; /* just to make sure */
4757 xret
= remove_upattern (param
, pattern
, op
);
4758 return ((xret
== param
) ? savestring (param
) : xret
);
4762 /* Match PAT anywhere in STRING and return the match boundaries.
4763 This returns 1 in case of a successful match, 0 otherwise. SP
4764 and EP are pointers into the string where the match begins and
4765 ends, respectively. MTYPE controls what kind of match is attempted.
4766 MATCH_BEG and MATCH_END anchor the match at the beginning and end
4767 of the string, respectively. The longest match is returned. */
4769 match_upattern (string
, pat
, mtype
, sp
, ep
)
4776 register char *p
, *p1
, *npat
;
4779 /* If the pattern doesn't match anywhere in the string, go ahead and
4780 short-circuit right away. A minor optimization, saves a bunch of
4781 unnecessary calls to strmatch (up to N calls for a string of N
4782 characters) if the match is unsuccessful. To preserve the semantics
4783 of the substring matches below, we make sure that the pattern has
4784 `*' as first and last character, making a new pattern if necessary. */
4785 /* XXX - check this later if I ever implement `**' with special meaning,
4786 since this will potentially result in `**' at the beginning or end */
4788 if (pat
[0] != '*' || (pat
[0] == '*' && pat
[1] == LPAREN
&& extended_glob
) || pat
[len
- 1] != '*')
4790 int unescaped_backslash
;
4793 p
= npat
= (char *)xmalloc (len
+ 3);
4795 if ((mtype
!= MATCH_BEG
) && (*p1
!= '*' || (*p1
== '*' && p1
[1] == LPAREN
&& extended_glob
)))
4800 /* Need to also handle a pattern that ends with an unescaped backslash.
4801 For right now, we ignore it because the pattern matching code will
4802 fail the match anyway */
4803 /* If the pattern ends with a `*' we leave it alone if it's preceded by
4804 an even number of backslashes, but if it's escaped by a backslash
4805 we need to add another `*'. */
4806 if ((mtype
!= MATCH_END
) && (p1
[-1] == '*' && (unescaped_backslash
= p1
[-2] == '\\')))
4809 while (pp
>= pat
&& *pp
-- == '\\')
4810 unescaped_backslash
= 1 - unescaped_backslash
;
4811 if (unescaped_backslash
)
4814 else if (mtype
!= MATCH_END
&& p1
[-1] != '*')
4817 if (p1
[-1] != '*' || p1
[-2] == '\\')
4824 c
= strmatch (npat
, string
, FNMATCH_EXTFLAG
| FNMATCH_IGNCASE
);
4827 if (c
== FNM_NOMATCH
)
4830 len
= STRLEN (string
);
4833 mlen
= umatchlen (pat
, len
);
4834 if (mlen
> (int)len
)
4840 for (p
= string
; p
<= end
; p
++)
4842 if (match_pattern_char (pat
, p
, FNMATCH_IGNCASE
))
4844 p1
= (mlen
== -1) ? end
: p
+ mlen
;
4845 /* p1 - p = length of portion of string to be considered
4846 p = current position in string
4847 mlen = number of characters consumed by match (-1 for entire string)
4849 we want to break immediately if the potential match len
4850 is greater than the number of characters remaining in the
4855 for ( ; p1
>= p
; p1
--)
4857 c
= *p1
; *p1
= '\0';
4858 if (strmatch (pat
, p
, FNMATCH_EXTFLAG
| FNMATCH_IGNCASE
) == 0)
4867 /* If MLEN != -1, we have a fixed length pattern. */
4878 if (match_pattern_char (pat
, string
, FNMATCH_IGNCASE
) == 0)
4881 for (p
= (mlen
== -1) ? end
: string
+ mlen
; p
>= string
; p
--)
4884 if (strmatch (pat
, string
, FNMATCH_EXTFLAG
| FNMATCH_IGNCASE
) == 0)
4892 /* If MLEN != -1, we have a fixed length pattern. */
4900 for (p
= end
- ((mlen
== -1) ? len
: mlen
); p
<= end
; p
++)
4902 if (strmatch (pat
, p
, FNMATCH_EXTFLAG
| FNMATCH_IGNCASE
) == 0)
4908 /* If MLEN != -1, we have a fixed length pattern. */
4919 #if defined (HANDLE_MULTIBYTE)
4921 #define WFOLD(c) (match_ignore_case && iswupper (c) ? towlower (c) : (c))
4923 /* Match WPAT anywhere in WSTRING and return the match boundaries.
4924 This returns 1 in case of a successful match, 0 otherwise. Wide
4925 character version. */
4927 match_wpattern (wstring
, indices
, wstrlen
, wpat
, mtype
, sp
, ep
)
4935 wchar_t wc
, *wp
, *nwpat
, *wp1
;
4938 int n
, n1
, n2
, simple
;
4940 simple
= (wpat
[0] != L
'\\' && wpat
[0] != L
'*' && wpat
[0] != L
'?' && wpat
[0] != L
'[');
4941 #if defined (EXTENDED_GLOB)
4943 simple
&= (wpat
[1] != L
'(' || (wpat
[0] != L
'*' && wpat
[0] != L
'?' && wpat
[0] != L
'+' && wpat
[0] != L
'!' && wpat
[0] != L
'@')); /*)*/
4946 /* If the pattern doesn't match anywhere in the string, go ahead and
4947 short-circuit right away. A minor optimization, saves a bunch of
4948 unnecessary calls to strmatch (up to N calls for a string of N
4949 characters) if the match is unsuccessful. To preserve the semantics
4950 of the substring matches below, we make sure that the pattern has
4951 `*' as first and last character, making a new pattern if necessary. */
4952 len
= wcslen (wpat
);
4953 if (wpat
[0] != L
'*' || (wpat
[0] == L
'*' && wpat
[1] == WLPAREN
&& extended_glob
) || wpat
[len
- 1] != L
'*')
4955 int unescaped_backslash
;
4958 wp
= nwpat
= (wchar_t *)xmalloc ((len
+ 3) * sizeof (wchar_t));
4960 if (*wp1
!= L
'*' || (*wp1
== '*' && wp1
[1] == WLPAREN
&& extended_glob
))
4962 while (*wp1
!= L
'\0')
4965 /* See comments above in match_upattern. */
4966 if (wp1
[-1] == L
'*' && (unescaped_backslash
= wp1
[-2] == L
'\\'))
4969 while (wpp
>= wpat
&& *wpp
-- == L
'\\')
4970 unescaped_backslash
= 1 - unescaped_backslash
;
4971 if (unescaped_backslash
)
4974 else if (wp1
[-1] != L
'*')
4977 if (wp1
[-1] != L
'*' || wp1
[-2] == L
'\\')
4984 len
= wcsmatch (nwpat
, wstring
, FNMATCH_EXTFLAG
| FNMATCH_IGNCASE
);
4987 if (len
== FNM_NOMATCH
)
4990 mlen
= wmatchlen (wpat
, wstrlen
);
4991 if (mlen
> (int)wstrlen
)
4994 /* itrace("wmatchlen (%ls) -> %d", wpat, mlen); */
4998 for (n
= 0; n
<= wstrlen
; n
++)
5000 n2
= simple
? (WFOLD(*wpat
) == WFOLD(wstring
[n
])) : match_pattern_wchar (wpat
, wstring
+ n
, FNMATCH_IGNCASE
);
5003 n1
= (mlen
== -1) ? wstrlen
: n
+ mlen
;
5007 for ( ; n1
>= n
; n1
--)
5009 wc
= wstring
[n1
]; wstring
[n1
] = L
'\0';
5010 if (wcsmatch (wpat
, wstring
+ n
, FNMATCH_EXTFLAG
| FNMATCH_IGNCASE
) == 0)
5018 /* If MLEN != -1, we have a fixed length pattern. */
5028 if (match_pattern_wchar (wpat
, wstring
, FNMATCH_IGNCASE
) == 0)
5031 for (n
= (mlen
== -1) ? wstrlen
: mlen
; n
>= 0; n
--)
5033 wc
= wstring
[n
]; wstring
[n
] = L
'\0';
5034 if (wcsmatch (wpat
, wstring
, FNMATCH_EXTFLAG
| FNMATCH_IGNCASE
) == 0)
5042 /* If MLEN != -1, we have a fixed length pattern. */
5050 for (n
= wstrlen
- ((mlen
== -1) ? wstrlen
: mlen
); n
<= wstrlen
; n
++)
5052 if (wcsmatch (wpat
, wstring
+ n
, FNMATCH_EXTFLAG
| FNMATCH_IGNCASE
) == 0)
5055 *ep
= indices
[wstrlen
];
5058 /* If MLEN != -1, we have a fixed length pattern. */
5069 #endif /* HANDLE_MULTIBYTE */
5072 match_pattern (string
, pat
, mtype
, sp
, ep
)
5077 #if defined (HANDLE_MULTIBYTE)
5080 wchar_t *wstring
, *wpat
;
5084 if (string
== 0 || pat
== 0 || *pat
== 0)
5087 #if defined (HANDLE_MULTIBYTE)
5090 if (mbsmbchar (string
) == 0 && mbsmbchar (pat
) == 0)
5091 return (match_upattern (string
, pat
, mtype
, sp
, ep
));
5093 n
= xdupmbstowcs (&wpat
, NULL
, pat
);
5094 if (n
== (size_t)-1)
5095 return (match_upattern (string
, pat
, mtype
, sp
, ep
));
5096 n
= xdupmbstowcs (&wstring
, &indices
, string
);
5097 if (n
== (size_t)-1)
5100 return (match_upattern (string
, pat
, mtype
, sp
, ep
));
5102 ret
= match_wpattern (wstring
, indices
, n
, wpat
, mtype
, sp
, ep
);
5112 return (match_upattern (string
, pat
, mtype
, sp
, ep
));
5116 getpatspec (c
, value
)
5121 return ((*value
== '#') ? RP_LONG_LEFT
: RP_SHORT_LEFT
);
5123 return ((*value
== '%') ? RP_LONG_RIGHT
: RP_SHORT_RIGHT
);
5126 /* Posix.2 says that the WORD should be run through tilde expansion,
5127 parameter expansion, command substitution and arithmetic expansion.
5128 This leaves the result quoted, so quote_string_for_globbing () has
5129 to be called to fix it up for strmatch (). If QUOTED is non-zero,
5130 it means that the entire expression was enclosed in double quotes.
5131 This means that quoting characters in the pattern do not make any
5132 special pattern characters quoted. For example, the `*' in the
5133 following retains its special meaning: "${foo#'*'}". */
5135 getpattern (value
, quoted
, expandpat
)
5137 int quoted
, expandpat
;
5144 /* There is a problem here: how to handle single or double quotes in the
5145 pattern string when the whole expression is between double quotes?
5146 POSIX.2 says that enclosing double quotes do not cause the pattern to
5147 be quoted, but does that leave us a problem with @ and array[@] and their
5148 expansions inside a pattern? */
5150 if (expandpat
&& (quoted
& (Q_HERE_DOCUMENT
|Q_DOUBLE_QUOTES
)) && *tword
)
5153 pat
= string_extract_double_quoted (tword
, &i
, SX_STRIPDQ
);
5159 /* expand_string_for_pat () leaves WORD quoted and does not perform
5161 l
= *value
? expand_string_for_pat (value
,
5162 (quoted
& (Q_HERE_DOCUMENT
|Q_DOUBLE_QUOTES
)) ? Q_PATQUOTE
: quoted
,
5163 (int *)NULL
, (int *)NULL
)
5166 word_list_remove_quoted_nulls (l
);
5167 pat
= string_list (l
);
5171 tword
= quote_string_for_globbing (pat
, QGLOB_CVTNULL
);
5179 /* Handle removing a pattern from a string as a result of ${name%[%]value}
5180 or ${name#[#]value}. */
5182 variable_remove_pattern (value
, pattern
, patspec
, quoted
)
5183 char *value
, *pattern
;
5184 int patspec
, quoted
;
5188 tword
= remove_pattern (value
, pattern
, patspec
);
5195 list_remove_pattern (list
, pattern
, patspec
, itype
, quoted
)
5198 int patspec
, itype
, quoted
;
5204 for (new = (WORD_LIST
*)NULL
, l
= list
; l
; l
= l
->next
)
5206 tword
= remove_pattern (l
->word
->word
, pattern
, patspec
);
5207 w
= alloc_word_desc ();
5208 w
->word
= tword
? tword
: savestring ("");
5209 new = make_word_list (w
, new);
5212 l
= REVERSE_LIST (new, WORD_LIST
*);
5213 tword
= string_list_pos_params (itype
, l
, quoted
, 0);
5220 parameter_list_remove_pattern (itype
, pattern
, patspec
, quoted
)
5223 int patspec
, quoted
;
5228 list
= list_rest_of_args ();
5230 return ((char *)NULL
);
5231 ret
= list_remove_pattern (list
, pattern
, patspec
, itype
, quoted
);
5232 dispose_words (list
);
5236 #if defined (ARRAY_VARS)
5238 array_remove_pattern (var
, pattern
, patspec
, starsub
, quoted
)
5242 int starsub
; /* so we can figure out how it's indexed */
5252 v
= var
; /* XXX - for now */
5254 itype
= starsub
? '*' : '@';
5256 a
= (v
&& array_p (v
)) ? array_cell (v
) : 0;
5257 h
= (v
&& assoc_p (v
)) ? assoc_cell (v
) : 0;
5259 list
= a
? array_to_word_list (a
) : (h
? assoc_to_word_list (h
) : 0);
5261 return ((char *)NULL
);
5262 ret
= list_remove_pattern (list
, pattern
, patspec
, itype
, quoted
);
5263 dispose_words (list
);
5267 #endif /* ARRAY_VARS */
5270 parameter_brace_remove_pattern (varname
, value
, ind
, patstr
, rtype
, quoted
, flags
)
5271 char *varname
, *value
;
5274 int rtype
, quoted
, flags
;
5276 int vtype
, patspec
, starsub
;
5277 char *temp1
, *val
, *pattern
, *oname
;
5281 return ((char *)NULL
);
5283 oname
= this_command_name
;
5284 this_command_name
= varname
;
5286 vtype
= get_var_and_type (varname
, value
, ind
, quoted
, flags
, &v
, &val
);
5289 this_command_name
= oname
;
5290 return ((char *)NULL
);
5293 starsub
= vtype
& VT_STARSUB
;
5294 vtype
&= ~VT_STARSUB
;
5296 patspec
= getpatspec (rtype
, patstr
);
5297 if (patspec
== RP_LONG_LEFT
|| patspec
== RP_LONG_RIGHT
)
5300 /* Need to pass getpattern newly-allocated memory in case of expansion --
5301 the expansion code will free the passed string on an error. */
5302 temp1
= savestring (patstr
);
5303 pattern
= getpattern (temp1
, quoted
, 1);
5306 temp1
= (char *)NULL
; /* shut up gcc */
5310 case VT_ARRAYMEMBER
:
5311 temp1
= remove_pattern (val
, pattern
, patspec
);
5312 if (vtype
== VT_VARIABLE
)
5316 val
= (quoted
& (Q_HERE_DOCUMENT
|Q_DOUBLE_QUOTES
))
5317 ? quote_string (temp1
)
5318 : quote_escapes (temp1
);
5323 #if defined (ARRAY_VARS)
5325 temp1
= array_remove_pattern (v
, pattern
, patspec
, starsub
, quoted
);
5326 if (temp1
&& ((quoted
& (Q_HERE_DOCUMENT
|Q_DOUBLE_QUOTES
)) == 0))
5328 val
= quote_escapes (temp1
);
5335 temp1
= parameter_list_remove_pattern (varname
[0], pattern
, patspec
, quoted
);
5336 if (temp1
&& quoted
== 0 && ifs_is_null
)
5338 /* Posix interp 888 */
5340 else if (temp1
&& ((quoted
& (Q_HERE_DOCUMENT
|Q_DOUBLE_QUOTES
)) == 0))
5342 val
= quote_escapes (temp1
);
5349 this_command_name
= oname
;
5355 #if defined (PROCESS_SUBSTITUTION)
5357 static void reap_some_procsubs
PARAMS((int));
5359 /*****************************************************************/
5361 /* Hacking Process Substitution */
5363 /*****************************************************************/
5365 #if !defined (HAVE_DEV_FD)
5366 /* Named pipes must be removed explicitly with `unlink'. This keeps a list
5367 of FIFOs the shell has open. unlink_fifo_list will walk the list and
5368 unlink the ones that don't have a living process on the other end.
5369 unlink_all_fifos will walk the list and unconditionally unlink them, trying
5370 to open and close the FIFO first to release any child processes sleeping on
5371 the FIFO. add_fifo_list adds the name of an open FIFO to the list.
5372 NFIFO is a count of the number of FIFOs in the list. */
5373 #define FIFO_INCR 20
5375 /* PROC value of -1 means the process has been reaped and the FIFO needs to
5376 be removed. PROC value of 0 means the slot is unused. */
5382 static struct temp_fifo
*fifo_list
= (struct temp_fifo
*)NULL
;
5384 static int fifo_list_size
;
5391 for (i
= 0; i
< fifo_list_size
; i
++)
5393 if (fifo_list
[i
].file
)
5394 free (fifo_list
[i
].file
);
5395 fifo_list
[i
].file
= NULL
;
5396 fifo_list
[i
].proc
= 0;
5402 copy_fifo_list (sizep
)
5407 return (void *)NULL
;
5411 add_fifo_list (pathname
)
5416 if (nfifo
>= fifo_list_size
- 1)
5418 osize
= fifo_list_size
;
5419 fifo_list_size
+= FIFO_INCR
;
5420 fifo_list
= (struct temp_fifo
*)xrealloc (fifo_list
,
5421 fifo_list_size
* sizeof (struct temp_fifo
));
5422 for (i
= osize
; i
< fifo_list_size
; i
++)
5424 fifo_list
[i
].file
= (char *)NULL
;
5425 fifo_list
[i
].proc
= 0; /* unused */
5429 fifo_list
[nfifo
].file
= savestring (pathname
);
5437 if ((fifo_list
[i
].proc
== (pid_t
)-1) || (fifo_list
[i
].proc
> 0 && (kill(fifo_list
[i
].proc
, 0) == -1)))
5439 unlink (fifo_list
[i
].file
);
5440 free (fifo_list
[i
].file
);
5441 fifo_list
[i
].file
= (char *)NULL
;
5442 fifo_list
[i
].proc
= 0;
5454 for (i
= saved
= 0; i
< nfifo
; i
++)
5456 if ((fifo_list
[i
].proc
== (pid_t
)-1) || (fifo_list
[i
].proc
> 0 && (kill(fifo_list
[i
].proc
, 0) == -1)))
5458 unlink (fifo_list
[i
].file
);
5459 free (fifo_list
[i
].file
);
5460 fifo_list
[i
].file
= (char *)NULL
;
5461 fifo_list
[i
].proc
= 0;
5467 /* If we didn't remove some of the FIFOs, compact the list. */
5470 for (i
= j
= 0; i
< nfifo
; i
++)
5471 if (fifo_list
[i
].file
)
5475 fifo_list
[j
].file
= fifo_list
[i
].file
;
5476 fifo_list
[j
].proc
= fifo_list
[i
].proc
;
5477 fifo_list
[i
].file
= (char *)NULL
;
5478 fifo_list
[i
].proc
= 0;
5496 for (i
= 0; i
< nfifo
; i
++)
5498 fifo_list
[i
].proc
= (pid_t
)-1;
5499 fd
= open (fifo_list
[i
].file
, O_RDWR
|O_NONBLOCK
);
5508 /* Take LIST, which is a bitmap denoting active FIFOs in fifo_list
5509 from some point in the past, and close all open FIFOs in fifo_list
5510 that are not marked as active in LIST. If LIST is NULL, close
5511 everything in fifo_list. LSIZE is the number of elements in LIST, in
5512 case it's larger than fifo_list_size (size of fifo_list). */
5514 close_new_fifos (list
, lsize
)
5523 unlink_fifo_list ();
5527 for (plist
= (char *)list
, i
= 0; i
< lsize
; i
++)
5528 if (plist
[i
] == 0 && i
< fifo_list_size
&& fifo_list
[i
].proc
!= -1)
5531 for (i
= lsize
; i
< fifo_list_size
; i
++)
5536 find_procsub_child (pid
)
5541 for (i
= 0; i
< nfifo
; i
++)
5542 if (fifo_list
[i
].proc
== pid
)
5548 set_procsub_status (ind
, pid
, status
)
5553 if (ind
>= 0 && ind
< nfifo
)
5554 fifo_list
[ind
].proc
= (pid_t
)-1; /* sentinel */
5557 /* If we've marked the process for this procsub as dead, close the
5558 associated file descriptor and delete the FIFO. */
5560 reap_some_procsubs (max
)
5565 for (i
= 0; i
< max
; i
++)
5566 if (fifo_list
[i
].proc
== (pid_t
)-1) /* reaped */
5573 reap_some_procsubs (nfifo
);
5583 for (i
= 0; i
< nfifo
; i
++)
5585 if (fifo_list
[i
].proc
!= (pid_t
)-1 && fifo_list
[i
].proc
> 0)
5587 r
= wait_for (fifo_list
[i
].proc
, 0);
5588 save_proc_status (fifo_list
[i
].proc
, r
);
5589 fifo_list
[i
].proc
= (pid_t
)-1;
5612 tname
= sh_mktmpname ("sh-np", MT_USERANDOM
|MT_USETMPDIR
);
5613 if (mkfifo (tname
, 0600) < 0)
5616 return ((char *)NULL
);
5619 add_fifo_list (tname
);
5623 #else /* HAVE_DEV_FD */
5625 /* DEV_FD_LIST is a bitmap of file descriptors attached to pipes the shell
5626 has open to children. NFDS is a count of the number of bits currently
5627 set in DEV_FD_LIST. TOTFDS is a count of the highest possible number
5629 /* dev_fd_list[I] value of -1 means the process has been reaped and file
5630 descriptor I needs to be closed. Value of 0 means the slot is unused. */
5632 static pid_t
*dev_fd_list
= (pid_t
*)NULL
;
5634 static int totfds
; /* The highest possible number of open files. */
5655 for (i
= 0; nfds
&& i
< totfds
; i
++)
5662 copy_fifo_list (sizep
)
5667 if (nfds
== 0 || totfds
== 0)
5671 return (void *)NULL
;
5676 ret
= xmalloc (totfds
* sizeof (pid_t
));
5677 return (memcpy (ret
, dev_fd_list
, totfds
* sizeof (pid_t
)));
5684 if (dev_fd_list
== 0 || fd
>= totfds
)
5689 totfds
= getdtablesize ();
5690 if (totfds
< 0 || totfds
> 256)
5695 dev_fd_list
= (pid_t
*)xrealloc (dev_fd_list
, totfds
* sizeof (dev_fd_list
[0]));
5696 /* XXX - might need a loop for this */
5697 memset (dev_fd_list
+ ofds
, '\0', (totfds
- ofds
) * sizeof (pid_t
));
5700 dev_fd_list
[fd
] = 1; /* marker; updated later */
5707 return 0; /* used for cleanup; not needed with /dev/fd */
5720 if (dev_fd_list
[fd
])
5723 dev_fd_list
[fd
] = 0;
5736 for (i
= totfds
-1; nfds
&& i
>= 0; i
--)
5745 unlink_fifo_list ();
5748 /* Take LIST, which is a snapshot copy of dev_fd_list from some point in
5749 the past, and close all open fds in dev_fd_list that are not marked
5750 as open in LIST. If LIST is NULL, close everything in dev_fd_list.
5751 LSIZE is the number of elements in LIST, in case it's larger than
5752 totfds (size of dev_fd_list). */
5754 close_new_fifos (list
, lsize
)
5763 unlink_fifo_list ();
5767 for (plist
= (pid_t
*)list
, i
= 0; i
< lsize
; i
++)
5768 if (plist
[i
] == 0 && i
< totfds
&& dev_fd_list
[i
])
5771 for (i
= lsize
; i
< totfds
; i
++)
5776 find_procsub_child (pid
)
5784 for (i
= 0; i
< totfds
; i
++)
5785 if (dev_fd_list
[i
] == pid
)
5792 set_procsub_status (ind
, pid
, status
)
5797 if (ind
>= 0 && ind
< totfds
)
5798 dev_fd_list
[ind
] = (pid_t
)-1; /* sentinel */
5801 /* If we've marked the process for this procsub as dead, close the
5802 associated file descriptor. */
5804 reap_some_procsubs (max
)
5809 for (i
= 0; nfds
> 0 && i
< max
; i
++)
5810 if (dev_fd_list
[i
] == (pid_t
)-1)
5817 reap_some_procsubs (totfds
);
5827 for (i
= 0; nfds
> 0 && i
< totfds
; i
++)
5829 if (dev_fd_list
[i
] != (pid_t
)-1 && dev_fd_list
[i
] > 0)
5831 r
= wait_for (dev_fd_list
[i
], 0);
5832 save_proc_status (dev_fd_list
[i
], r
);
5833 dev_fd_list
[i
] = (pid_t
)-1;
5839 #if defined (NOTDEF)
5840 print_dev_fd_list ()
5844 fprintf (stderr
, "pid %ld: dev_fd_list:", (long)getpid ());
5847 for (i
= 0; i
< totfds
; i
++)
5850 fprintf (stderr
, " %d", i
);
5852 fprintf (stderr
, "\n");
5857 make_dev_fd_filename (fd
)
5860 char *ret
, intbuf
[INT_STRLEN_BOUND (int) + 1], *p
;
5862 ret
= (char *)xmalloc (sizeof (DEV_FD_PREFIX
) + 8);
5864 strcpy (ret
, DEV_FD_PREFIX
);
5865 p
= inttostr (fd
, intbuf
, sizeof (intbuf
));
5866 strcpy (ret
+ sizeof (DEV_FD_PREFIX
) - 1, p
);
5872 #endif /* HAVE_DEV_FD */
5874 /* Return a filename that will open a connection to the process defined by
5875 executing STRING. HAVE_DEV_FD, if defined, means open a pipe and return
5876 a filename in /dev/fd corresponding to a descriptor that is one of the
5877 ends of the pipe. If not defined, we use named pipes on systems that have
5878 them. Systems without /dev/fd and named pipes are out of luck.
5880 OPEN_FOR_READ_IN_CHILD, if 1, means open the named pipe for reading or
5881 use the read end of the pipe and dup that file descriptor to fd 0 in
5882 the child. If OPEN_FOR_READ_IN_CHILD is 0, we open the named pipe for
5883 writing or use the write end of the pipe in the child, and dup that
5884 file descriptor to fd 1 in the child. The parent does the opposite. */
5887 process_substitute (string
, open_for_read_in_child
)
5889 int open_for_read_in_child
;
5892 int fd
, result
, rc
, function_value
;
5894 #if defined (HAVE_DEV_FD)
5895 int parent_pipe_fd
, child_pipe_fd
;
5897 #endif /* HAVE_DEV_FD */
5898 #if defined (JOB_CONTROL)
5899 pid_t old_pipeline_pgrp
;
5902 if (!string
|| !*string
|| wordexp_only
)
5903 return ((char *)NULL
);
5905 #if !defined (HAVE_DEV_FD)
5906 pathname
= make_named_pipe ();
5907 #else /* HAVE_DEV_FD */
5908 if (pipe (fildes
) < 0)
5910 sys_error ("%s", _("cannot make pipe for process substitution"));
5911 return ((char *)NULL
);
5913 /* If OPEN_FOR_READ_IN_CHILD == 1, we want to use the write end of
5914 the pipe in the parent, otherwise the read end. */
5915 parent_pipe_fd
= fildes
[open_for_read_in_child
];
5916 child_pipe_fd
= fildes
[1 - open_for_read_in_child
];
5917 /* Move the parent end of the pipe to some high file descriptor, to
5918 avoid clashes with FDs used by the script. */
5919 parent_pipe_fd
= move_to_high_fd (parent_pipe_fd
, 1, 64);
5921 pathname
= make_dev_fd_filename (parent_pipe_fd
);
5922 #endif /* HAVE_DEV_FD */
5926 sys_error ("%s", _("cannot make pipe for process substitution"));
5927 return ((char *)NULL
);
5930 old_pid
= last_made_pid
;
5932 #if defined (JOB_CONTROL)
5933 old_pipeline_pgrp
= pipeline_pgrp
;
5934 if (pipeline_pgrp
== 0 || (subshell_environment
& (SUBSHELL_PIPE
|SUBSHELL_FORK
|SUBSHELL_ASYNC
)) == 0)
5935 pipeline_pgrp
= shell_pgrp
;
5937 #endif /* JOB_CONTROL */
5939 pid
= make_child ((char *)NULL
, FORK_ASYNC
);
5943 int old_interactive
;
5945 old_interactive
= interactive
;
5947 /* The currently-executing shell is not interactive */
5950 reset_terminating_signals (); /* XXX */
5951 free_pushed_string_input ();
5952 /* Cancel traps, in trap.c. */
5953 restore_original_signals (); /* XXX - what about special builtins? bash-4.2 */
5954 QUIT
; /* catch any interrupts we got post-fork */
5955 setup_async_signals ();
5957 if (open_for_read_in_child
== 0 && old_interactive
&& (bash_input
.type
== st_stdin
|| bash_input
.type
== st_stream
))
5958 async_redirect_stdin ();
5961 subshell_environment
|= SUBSHELL_COMSUB
|SUBSHELL_PROCSUB
|SUBSHELL_ASYNC
;
5963 /* We don't inherit the verbose option for command substitutions now, so
5964 let's try it for process substitutions. */
5965 change_flag ('v', FLAG_OFF
);
5967 /* if we're expanding a redirection, we shouldn't have access to the
5968 temporary environment, but commands in the subshell should have
5969 access to their own temporary environment. */
5970 if (expanding_redir
)
5971 flush_temporary_env ();
5974 #if defined (JOB_CONTROL)
5975 set_sigchld_handler ();
5976 stop_making_children ();
5977 /* XXX - should we only do this in the parent? (as in command subst) */
5978 pipeline_pgrp
= old_pipeline_pgrp
;
5980 stop_making_children ();
5981 #endif /* JOB_CONTROL */
5985 sys_error ("%s", _("cannot make child for process substitution"));
5987 #if defined (HAVE_DEV_FD)
5988 close (parent_pipe_fd
);
5989 close (child_pipe_fd
);
5990 #endif /* HAVE_DEV_FD */
5991 #if defined (JOB_CONTROL)
5992 restore_pipeline (1);
5994 return ((char *)NULL
);
5999 #if defined (JOB_CONTROL)
6000 last_procsub_child
= restore_pipeline (0);
6001 /* We assume that last_procsub_child->next == last_procsub_child because
6002 of how jobs.c:add_process() works. */
6003 last_procsub_child
->next
= 0;
6004 procsub_add (last_procsub_child
);
6007 #if defined (HAVE_DEV_FD)
6008 dev_fd_list
[parent_pipe_fd
] = pid
;
6010 fifo_list
[nfifo
-1].proc
= pid
;
6013 last_made_pid
= old_pid
;
6015 #if defined (JOB_CONTROL) && defined (PGRP_PIPE)
6017 #endif /* JOB_CONTROL && PGRP_PIPE */
6019 #if defined (HAVE_DEV_FD)
6020 close (child_pipe_fd
);
6021 #endif /* HAVE_DEV_FD */
6026 set_sigint_handler ();
6028 #if defined (JOB_CONTROL)
6029 /* make sure we don't have any job control */
6030 set_job_control (0);
6032 /* Clear out any existing list of process substitutions */
6035 /* The idea is that we want all the jobs we start from an async process
6036 substitution to be in the same process group, but not the same pgrp
6037 as our parent shell, since we don't want to affect our parent shell's
6038 jobs if we get a SIGHUP and end up calling hangup_all_jobs, for example.
6039 If pipeline_pgrp != shell_pgrp, we assume that there is a job control
6040 shell somewhere in our parent process chain (since make_child initializes
6041 pipeline_pgrp to shell_pgrp if job_control == 0). What we do in this
6042 case is to set pipeline_pgrp to our PID, so all jobs started by this
6043 process have that same pgrp and we are basically the process group leader.
6044 This should not have negative effects on child processes surviving
6045 after we exit, since we wait for the children we create, but that is
6046 something to watch for. */
6048 if (pipeline_pgrp
!= shell_pgrp
)
6049 pipeline_pgrp
= getpid ();
6050 #endif /* JOB_CONTROL */
6052 #if !defined (HAVE_DEV_FD)
6053 /* Open the named pipe in the child. */
6054 fd
= open (pathname
, open_for_read_in_child
? O_RDONLY
: O_WRONLY
);
6057 /* Two separate strings for ease of translation. */
6058 if (open_for_read_in_child
)
6059 sys_error (_("cannot open named pipe %s for reading"), pathname
);
6061 sys_error (_("cannot open named pipe %s for writing"), pathname
);
6065 if (open_for_read_in_child
)
6067 if (sh_unset_nodelay_mode (fd
) < 0)
6069 sys_error (_("cannot reset nodelay mode for fd %d"), fd
);
6073 #else /* HAVE_DEV_FD */
6075 #endif /* HAVE_DEV_FD */
6077 /* Discard buffered stdio output before replacing the underlying file
6079 if (open_for_read_in_child
== 0)
6082 if (dup2 (fd
, open_for_read_in_child
? 0 : 1) < 0)
6084 sys_error (_("cannot duplicate named pipe %s as fd %d"), pathname
,
6085 open_for_read_in_child
? 0 : 1);
6089 if (fd
!= (open_for_read_in_child
? 0 : 1))
6092 /* Need to close any files that this process has open to pipes inherited
6094 if (current_fds_to_close
)
6096 close_fd_bitmap (current_fds_to_close
);
6097 current_fds_to_close
= (struct fd_bitmap
*)NULL
;
6100 #if defined (HAVE_DEV_FD)
6101 /* Make sure we close the parent's end of the pipe and clear the slot
6102 in the fd list so it is not closed later, if reallocated by, for
6103 instance, pipe(2). */
6104 close (parent_pipe_fd
);
6105 dev_fd_list
[parent_pipe_fd
] = 0;
6106 #endif /* HAVE_DEV_FD */
6108 /* subshells shouldn't have this flag, which controls using the temporary
6109 environment for variable lookups. We have already flushed the temporary
6110 environment above in the case we're expanding a redirection, so processes
6111 executed by this command need to be able to set it independently of their
6113 expanding_redir
= 0;
6115 remove_quoted_escapes (string
);
6117 #if 0 /* TAG: bash-5.2 */
6118 startup_state
= 2; /* see if we can avoid a fork */
6119 parse_and_execute_level
= 0;
6122 /* Give process substitution a place to jump back to on failure,
6123 so we don't go back up to main (). */
6124 result
= setjmp_nosigs (top_level
);
6126 /* If we're running a process substitution inside a shell function,
6127 trap `return' so we don't return from the function in the subshell
6128 and go off to never-never land. */
6129 if (result
== 0 && return_catch_flag
)
6130 function_value
= setjmp_nosigs (return_catch
);
6134 if (result
== ERREXIT
)
6135 rc
= last_command_exit_value
;
6136 else if (result
== EXITPROG
)
6137 rc
= last_command_exit_value
;
6139 rc
= EXECUTION_FAILURE
;
6140 else if (function_value
)
6141 rc
= return_catch_value
;
6145 rc
= parse_and_execute (string
, "process substitution", (SEVAL_NONINT
|SEVAL_NOHIST
));
6146 /* leave subshell level intact for any exit trap */
6149 #if !defined (HAVE_DEV_FD)
6150 /* Make sure we close the named pipe in the child before we exit. */
6151 close (open_for_read_in_child
? 0 : 1);
6152 #endif /* !HAVE_DEV_FD */
6154 last_command_exit_value
= rc
;
6155 rc
= run_exit_trap ();
6159 #endif /* PROCESS_SUBSTITUTION */
6161 /***********************************/
6163 /* Command Substitution */
6165 /***********************************/
6168 read_comsub (fd
, quoted
, flags
, rflag
)
6169 int fd
, quoted
, flags
;
6172 char *istring
, buf
[512], *bufp
;
6173 int istring_index
, c
, tflag
, skip_ctlesc
, skip_ctlnul
;
6175 size_t istring_size
;
6178 #if defined (HANDLE_MULTIBYTE)
6185 istring
= (char *)NULL
;
6186 istring_index
= istring_size
= bufn
= tflag
= 0;
6188 skip_ctlesc
= ifs_cmap
[CTLESC
];
6189 skip_ctlnul
= ifs_cmap
[CTLNUL
];
6191 mb_cur_max
= MB_CUR_MAX
;
6194 /* Read the output of the command through the pipe. */
6201 bufn
= zread (fd
, buf
, sizeof (buf
));
6213 internal_warning ("%s", _("command substitution: ignored null byte in input"));
6220 /* Add the character to ISTRING, possibly after resizing it. */
6221 RESIZE_MALLOCED_BUFFER (istring
, istring_index
, mb_cur_max
+1, istring_size
, 512);
6223 /* This is essentially quote_string inline */
6224 if ((quoted
& (Q_HERE_DOCUMENT
|Q_DOUBLE_QUOTES
)) /* || c == CTLESC || c == CTLNUL */)
6225 istring
[istring_index
++] = CTLESC
;
6226 else if ((flags
& PF_ASSIGNRHS
) && skip_ctlesc
&& c
== CTLESC
)
6227 istring
[istring_index
++] = CTLESC
;
6228 /* Escape CTLESC and CTLNUL in the output to protect those characters
6229 from the rest of the word expansions (word splitting and globbing.)
6230 This is essentially quote_escapes inline. */
6231 else if (skip_ctlesc
== 0 && c
== CTLESC
)
6232 istring
[istring_index
++] = CTLESC
;
6233 else if ((skip_ctlnul
== 0 && c
== CTLNUL
) || (c
== ' ' && (ifs_value
&& *ifs_value
== 0)))
6234 istring
[istring_index
++] = CTLESC
;
6236 #if defined (HANDLE_MULTIBYTE)
6237 if ((locale_utf8locale
&& (c
& 0x80)) ||
6238 (locale_utf8locale
== 0 && mb_cur_max
> 1 && (unsigned char)c
> 127))
6240 /* read a multibyte character from buf */
6241 /* punt on the hard case for now */
6242 memset (&ps
, '\0', sizeof (mbstate_t));
6243 mblen
= mbrtowc (&wc
, bufp
-1, bufn
+1, &ps
);
6244 if (MB_INVALIDCH (mblen
) || mblen
== 0 || mblen
== 1)
6245 istring
[istring_index
++] = c
;
6248 istring
[istring_index
++] = c
;
6249 for (i
= 0; i
< mblen
-1; i
++)
6250 istring
[istring_index
++] = *bufp
++;
6257 istring
[istring_index
++] = c
;
6261 istring
[istring_index
] = '\0';
6263 /* If we read no output, just return now and save ourselves some
6265 if (istring_index
== 0)
6270 return (char *)NULL
;
6273 /* Strip trailing newlines from the output of the command. */
6274 if (quoted
& (Q_HERE_DOCUMENT
|Q_DOUBLE_QUOTES
))
6276 while (istring_index
> 0)
6278 if (istring
[istring_index
- 1] == '\n')
6282 /* If the newline was quoted, remove the quoting char. */
6283 if (istring
[istring_index
- 1] == CTLESC
)
6289 istring
[istring_index
] = '\0';
6292 strip_trailing (istring
, istring_index
- 1, 1);
6299 /* Perform command substitution on STRING. This returns a WORD_DESC * with the
6300 contained string possibly quoted. */
6302 command_substitute (string
, quoted
, flags
)
6307 pid_t pid
, old_pid
, old_pipeline_pgrp
, old_async_pid
;
6309 int result
, fildes
[2], function_value
, pflags
, rc
, tflag
, fork_flags
;
6313 istring
= (char *)NULL
;
6315 /* Don't fork () if there is no need to. In the case of no command to
6316 run, just return NULL. */
6318 for (s
= string
; s
&& *s
&& (shellblank (*s
) || *s
== '\n'); s
++)
6320 if (s
== 0 || *s
== 0)
6321 return ((WORD_DESC
*)NULL
);
6323 if (!string
|| !*string
|| (string
[0] == '\n' && !string
[1]))
6324 return ((WORD_DESC
*)NULL
);
6327 if (wordexp_only
&& read_but_dont_execute
)
6329 last_command_exit_value
= EX_WEXPCOMSUB
;
6330 jump_to_top_level (EXITPROG
);
6333 /* We're making the assumption here that the command substitution will
6334 eventually run a command from the file system. Since we'll run
6335 maybe_make_export_env in this subshell before executing that command,
6336 the parent shell and any other shells it starts will have to remake
6337 the environment. If we make it before we fork, other shells won't
6338 have to. Don't bother if we have any temporary variable assignments,
6339 though, because the export environment will be remade after this
6340 command completes anyway, but do it if all the words to be expanded
6341 are variable assignments. */
6342 if (subst_assign_varlist
== 0 || garglist
== 0)
6343 maybe_make_export_env (); /* XXX */
6345 /* Flags to pass to parse_and_execute() */
6346 pflags
= (interactive
&& sourcelevel
== 0) ? SEVAL_RESETLINE
: 0;
6348 old_pid
= last_made_pid
;
6350 /* Pipe the output of executing STRING into the current shell. */
6351 if (pipe (fildes
) < 0)
6353 sys_error ("%s", _("cannot make pipe for command substitution"));
6357 #if defined (JOB_CONTROL)
6358 old_pipeline_pgrp
= pipeline_pgrp
;
6359 /* Don't reset the pipeline pgrp if we're already a subshell in a pipeline. */
6360 if ((subshell_environment
& SUBSHELL_PIPE
) == 0)
6361 pipeline_pgrp
= shell_pgrp
;
6362 cleanup_the_pipeline ();
6363 #endif /* JOB_CONTROL */
6365 old_async_pid
= last_asynchronous_pid
;
6366 fork_flags
= (subshell_environment
&SUBSHELL_ASYNC
) ? FORK_ASYNC
: 0;
6367 pid
= make_child ((char *)NULL
, fork_flags
|FORK_NOTERM
);
6368 last_asynchronous_pid
= old_async_pid
;
6372 /* Reset the signal handlers in the child, but don't free the
6373 trap strings. Set a flag noting that we have to free the
6374 trap strings if we run trap to change a signal disposition. */
6375 reset_signal_handlers ();
6378 kill (getpid (), SIGINT
);
6379 CLRINTERRUPT
; /* if we're ignoring SIGINT somehow */
6381 QUIT
; /* catch any interrupts we got post-fork */
6382 subshell_environment
|= SUBSHELL_RESETTRAP
;
6385 #if defined (JOB_CONTROL)
6386 /* XXX DO THIS ONLY IN PARENT ? XXX */
6387 set_sigchld_handler ();
6388 stop_making_children ();
6390 pipeline_pgrp
= old_pipeline_pgrp
;
6392 stop_making_children ();
6393 #endif /* JOB_CONTROL */
6397 sys_error (_("cannot make child for command substitution"));
6400 last_made_pid
= old_pid
;
6405 return ((WORD_DESC
*)NULL
);
6410 /* The currently executing shell is not interactive. */
6413 set_sigint_handler (); /* XXX */
6415 free_pushed_string_input ();
6417 /* Discard buffered stdio output before replacing the underlying file
6421 if (dup2 (fildes
[1], 1) < 0)
6423 sys_error ("%s", _("command_substitute: cannot duplicate pipe as fd 1"));
6424 exit (EXECUTION_FAILURE
);
6427 /* If standard output is closed in the parent shell
6428 (such as after `exec >&-'), file descriptor 1 will be
6429 the lowest available file descriptor, and end up in
6430 fildes[0]. This can happen for stdin and stderr as well,
6431 but stdout is more important -- it will cause no output
6432 to be generated from this command. */
6433 if ((fildes
[1] != fileno (stdin
)) &&
6434 (fildes
[1] != fileno (stdout
)) &&
6435 (fildes
[1] != fileno (stderr
)))
6438 if ((fildes
[0] != fileno (stdin
)) &&
6439 (fildes
[0] != fileno (stdout
)) &&
6440 (fildes
[0] != fileno (stderr
)))
6444 /* Let stdio know the fd may have changed from text to binary mode, and
6445 make sure to preserve stdout line buffering. */
6446 freopen (NULL
, "w", stdout
);
6447 sh_setlinebuf (stdout
);
6448 #endif /* __CYGWIN__ */
6450 /* This is a subshell environment. */
6451 subshell_environment
|= SUBSHELL_COMSUB
;
6453 /* Many shells do not appear to inherit the -v option for command
6455 change_flag ('v', FLAG_OFF
);
6457 /* When inherit_errexit option is not enabled, command substitution does
6458 not inherit the -e flag. It is enabled when Posix mode is enabled */
6459 if (inherit_errexit
== 0)
6461 builtin_ignoring_errexit
= 0;
6462 change_flag ('e', FLAG_OFF
);
6466 /* If we are expanding a redirection, we can dispose of any temporary
6467 environment we received, since redirections are not supposed to have
6468 access to the temporary environment. We will have to see whether this
6469 affects temporary environments supplied to `eval', but the temporary
6470 environment gets copied to builtin_env at some point. */
6471 if (expanding_redir
)
6473 flush_temporary_env ();
6474 expanding_redir
= 0;
6477 remove_quoted_escapes (string
);
6479 startup_state
= 2; /* see if we can avoid a fork */
6480 parse_and_execute_level
= 0;
6482 /* Give command substitution a place to jump back to on failure,
6483 so we don't go back up to main (). */
6484 result
= setjmp_nosigs (top_level
);
6486 /* If we're running a command substitution inside a shell function,
6487 trap `return' so we don't return from the function in the subshell
6488 and go off to never-never land. */
6489 if (result
== 0 && return_catch_flag
)
6490 function_value
= setjmp_nosigs (return_catch
);
6494 if (result
== ERREXIT
)
6495 rc
= last_command_exit_value
;
6496 else if (result
== EXITPROG
)
6497 rc
= last_command_exit_value
;
6499 rc
= EXECUTION_FAILURE
;
6500 else if (function_value
)
6501 rc
= return_catch_value
;
6505 rc
= parse_and_execute (string
, "command substitution", pflags
|SEVAL_NOHIST
);
6506 /* leave subshell level intact for any exit trap */
6509 last_command_exit_value
= rc
;
6510 rc
= run_exit_trap ();
6511 #if defined (PROCESS_SUBSTITUTION)
6512 unlink_fifo_list ();
6520 #if defined (JOB_CONTROL) && defined (PGRP_PIPE)
6522 #endif /* JOB_CONTROL && PGRP_PIPE */
6526 begin_unwind_frame ("read-comsub");
6527 dummyfd
= fildes
[0];
6528 add_unwind_protect (close
, dummyfd
);
6530 /* Block SIGINT while we're reading from the pipe. If the child
6531 process gets a SIGINT, it will either handle it or die, and the
6532 read will return. */
6533 BLOCK_SIGNAL (SIGINT
, set
, oset
);
6535 istring
= read_comsub (fildes
[0], quoted
, flags
, &tflag
);
6538 discard_unwind_frame ("read-comsub");
6539 UNBLOCK_SIGNAL (oset
);
6541 current_command_subst_pid
= pid
;
6542 last_command_exit_value
= wait_for (pid
, JWAIT_NOTERM
);
6543 last_command_subst_pid
= pid
;
6544 last_made_pid
= old_pid
;
6546 #if defined (JOB_CONTROL)
6547 /* If last_command_exit_value > 128, then the substituted command
6548 was terminated by a signal. If that signal was SIGINT, then send
6549 SIGINT to ourselves. This will break out of loops, for instance. */
6550 if (last_command_exit_value
== (128 + SIGINT
) && last_command_exit_signal
== SIGINT
)
6551 kill (getpid (), SIGINT
);
6552 #endif /* JOB_CONTROL */
6554 ret
= alloc_word_desc ();
6555 ret
->word
= istring
;
6562 /********************************************************
6564 * Utility functions for parameter expansion *
6566 ********************************************************/
6568 #if defined (ARRAY_VARS)
6571 array_length_reference (s
)
6582 var
= array_variable_part (s
, 0, &t
, &len
);
6584 /* If unbound variables should generate an error, report one and return
6586 if ((var
== 0 || invisible_p (var
) || (assoc_p (var
) == 0 && array_p (var
) == 0)) && unbound_vars_is_error
)
6590 set_exit_status (EXECUTION_FAILURE
);
6595 else if (var
== 0 || invisible_p (var
))
6598 /* We support a couple of expansions for variables that are not arrays.
6599 We'll return the length of the value for v[0], and 1 for v[@] or
6600 v[*]. Return 0 for everything else. */
6602 array
= array_p (var
) ? array_cell (var
) : (ARRAY
*)NULL
;
6603 h
= assoc_p (var
) ? assoc_cell (var
) : (HASH_TABLE
*)NULL
;
6605 if (ALL_ELEMENT_SUB (t
[0]) && t
[1] == RBRACK
)
6608 return (h
? assoc_num_elements (h
) : 0);
6609 else if (array_p (var
))
6610 return (array
? array_num_elements (array
) : 0);
6612 return (var_isset (var
) ? 1 : 0);
6618 akey
= expand_assignment_string_to_string (t
, 0); /* [ */
6619 t
[len
- 1] = RBRACK
;
6620 if (akey
== 0 || *akey
== 0)
6622 err_badarraysub (t
);
6626 t
= assoc_reference (assoc_cell (var
), akey
);
6631 ind
= array_expand_index (var
, t
, len
, 0);
6632 /* negative subscripts to indexed arrays count back from end */
6633 if (var
&& array_p (var
) && ind
< 0)
6634 ind
= array_max_index (array_cell (var
)) + 1 + ind
;
6637 err_badarraysub (t
);
6641 t
= array_reference (array
, ind
);
6643 t
= (ind
== 0) ? value_cell (var
) : (char *)NULL
;
6646 len
= MB_STRLEN (t
);
6649 #endif /* ARRAY_VARS */
6652 valid_brace_expansion_word (name
, var_is_special
)
6656 if (DIGIT (*name
) && all_digits (name
))
6658 else if (var_is_special
)
6660 #if defined (ARRAY_VARS)
6661 else if (valid_array_reference (name
, 0))
6663 #endif /* ARRAY_VARS */
6664 else if (legal_identifier (name
))
6671 chk_atstar (name
, quoted
, pflags
, quoted_dollar_atp
, contains_dollar_at
)
6674 int *quoted_dollar_atp
, *contains_dollar_at
;
6680 if (quoted_dollar_atp
)
6681 *quoted_dollar_atp
= 0;
6682 if (contains_dollar_at
)
6683 *contains_dollar_at
= 0;
6687 /* check for $@ and $* */
6688 if (name
[0] == '@' && name
[1] == 0)
6690 if ((quoted
& (Q_HERE_DOCUMENT
|Q_DOUBLE_QUOTES
)) && quoted_dollar_atp
)
6691 *quoted_dollar_atp
= 1;
6692 if (contains_dollar_at
)
6693 *contains_dollar_at
= 1;
6696 else if (name
[0] == '*' && name
[1] == '\0' && quoted
== 0)
6698 /* Need more checks here that parallel what string_list_pos_params and
6699 param_expand do. Check expand_no_split_dollar_star and ??? */
6700 if (contains_dollar_at
&& expand_no_split_dollar_star
== 0)
6701 *contains_dollar_at
= 1;
6705 /* Now check for ${array[@]} and ${array[*]} */
6706 #if defined (ARRAY_VARS)
6707 else if (valid_array_reference (name
, 0))
6709 temp1
= mbschr (name
, LBRACK
);
6710 if (temp1
&& temp1
[1] == '@' && temp1
[2] == RBRACK
)
6712 if ((quoted
& (Q_HERE_DOCUMENT
|Q_DOUBLE_QUOTES
)) && quoted_dollar_atp
)
6713 *quoted_dollar_atp
= 1;
6714 if (contains_dollar_at
)
6715 *contains_dollar_at
= 1;
6718 /* ${array[*]}, when unquoted, should be treated like ${array[@]},
6719 which should result in separate words even when IFS is unset. */
6720 if (temp1
&& temp1
[1] == '*' && temp1
[2] == RBRACK
&& quoted
== 0)
6722 if (contains_dollar_at
)
6723 *contains_dollar_at
= 1;
6731 /* Parameter expand NAME, and return a new string which is the expansion,
6732 or NULL if there was no expansion. NAME is as given in ${NAMEcWORD}.
6733 VAR_IS_SPECIAL is non-zero if NAME is one of the special variables in
6734 the shell, e.g., "@", "$", "*", etc. QUOTED, if non-zero, means that
6735 NAME was found inside of a double-quoted expression. */
6737 parameter_brace_expand_word (name
, var_is_special
, quoted
, pflags
, indp
)
6739 int var_is_special
, quoted
, pflags
;
6756 /* Handle multiple digit arguments, as in ${11}. */
6757 if (legal_number (name
, &arg_index
))
6759 tt
= get_dollar_var_value (arg_index
);
6761 temp
= (*tt
&& (quoted
& (Q_DOUBLE_QUOTES
|Q_HERE_DOCUMENT
)))
6763 : quote_escapes (tt
);
6765 temp
= (char *)NULL
;
6768 else if (var_is_special
) /* ${@} */
6771 tt
= (char *)xmalloc (2 + strlen (name
));
6772 tt
[sindex
= 0] = '$';
6773 strcpy (tt
+ 1, name
);
6775 ret
= param_expand (tt
, &sindex
, quoted
, (int *)NULL
, (int *)NULL
,
6776 (int *)NULL
, (int *)NULL
, pflags
);
6779 #if defined (ARRAY_VARS)
6780 else if (valid_array_reference (name
, 0))
6783 var
= array_variable_part (name
, 0, &tt
, (int *)0);
6784 /* These are the cases where word splitting will not be performed */
6785 if (pflags
& PF_ASSIGNRHS
)
6787 if (ALL_ELEMENT_SUB (tt
[0]) && tt
[1] == RBRACK
)
6789 /* Only treat as double quoted if array variable */
6790 if (var
&& (array_p (var
) || assoc_p (var
)))
6791 temp
= array_value (name
, quoted
|Q_DOUBLE_QUOTES
, AV_ASSIGNRHS
, &atype
, &ind
);
6793 temp
= array_value (name
, quoted
, 0, &atype
, &ind
);
6796 temp
= array_value (name
, quoted
, 0, &atype
, &ind
);
6798 /* Posix interp 888 */
6799 else if (pflags
& PF_NOSPLIT2
)
6801 /* Special cases, then general case, for each of A[@], A[*], A[n] */
6802 #if defined (HANDLE_MULTIBYTE)
6803 if (tt
[0] == '@' && tt
[1] == RBRACK
&& var
&& quoted
== 0 && ifs_is_set
&& ifs_is_null
== 0 && ifs_firstc
[0] != ' ')
6805 if (tt
[0] == '@' && tt
[1] == RBRACK
&& var
&& quoted
== 0 && ifs_is_set
&& ifs_is_null
== 0 && ifs_firstc
!= ' ')
6807 temp
= array_value (name
, Q_DOUBLE_QUOTES
, AV_ASSIGNRHS
, &atype
, &ind
);
6808 else if (tt
[0] == '@' && tt
[1] == RBRACK
)
6809 temp
= array_value (name
, quoted
, 0, &atype
, &ind
);
6810 else if (tt
[0] == '*' && tt
[1] == RBRACK
&& expand_no_split_dollar_star
&& ifs_is_null
)
6811 temp
= array_value (name
, Q_DOUBLE_QUOTES
|Q_HERE_DOCUMENT
, 0, &atype
, &ind
);
6812 else if (tt
[0] == '*' && tt
[1] == RBRACK
)
6813 temp
= array_value (name
, quoted
, 0, &atype
, &ind
);
6815 temp
= array_value (name
, quoted
, 0, &atype
, &ind
);
6817 else if (tt
[0] == '*' && tt
[1] == RBRACK
&& expand_no_split_dollar_star
&& ifs_is_null
)
6818 temp
= array_value (name
, Q_DOUBLE_QUOTES
|Q_HERE_DOCUMENT
, 0, &atype
, &ind
);
6820 temp
= array_value (name
, quoted
, 0, &atype
, &ind
);
6821 if (atype
== 0 && temp
)
6823 temp
= (*temp
&& (quoted
& (Q_DOUBLE_QUOTES
|Q_HERE_DOCUMENT
)))
6824 ? quote_string (temp
)
6825 : quote_escapes (temp
);
6826 rflags
|= W_ARRAYIND
;
6830 else if (atype
== 1 && temp
&& QUOTED_NULL (temp
) && (quoted
& (Q_DOUBLE_QUOTES
|Q_HERE_DOCUMENT
)))
6831 rflags
|= W_HASQUOTEDNULL
;
6834 else if (var
= find_variable (name
))
6836 if (var_isset (var
) && invisible_p (var
) == 0)
6838 #if defined (ARRAY_VARS)
6839 /* We avoid a memory leak by saving TT as the memory allocated by
6840 assoc_to_string or array_to_string and leaving it 0 otherwise,
6841 then freeing TT after quoting temp. */
6843 if ((pflags
& PF_ALLINDS
) && assoc_p (var
))
6844 tt
= temp
= assoc_empty (assoc_cell (var
)) ? (char *)NULL
: assoc_to_string (assoc_cell (var
), " ", quoted
);
6845 else if ((pflags
& PF_ALLINDS
) && array_p (var
))
6846 tt
= temp
= array_empty (array_cell (var
)) ? (char *)NULL
: array_to_string (array_cell (var
), " ", quoted
);
6847 else if (assoc_p (var
))
6848 temp
= assoc_reference (assoc_cell (var
), "0");
6849 else if (array_p (var
))
6850 temp
= array_reference (array_cell (var
), 0);
6852 temp
= value_cell (var
);
6854 temp
= value_cell (var
);
6858 temp
= (*temp
&& (quoted
& (Q_DOUBLE_QUOTES
|Q_HERE_DOCUMENT
)))
6859 ? quote_string (temp
)
6860 : ((pflags
& PF_ASSIGNRHS
) ? quote_rhs (temp
)
6861 : quote_escapes (temp
));
6865 temp
= (char *)NULL
;
6867 else if (var
= find_variable_last_nameref (name
, 0))
6869 temp
= nameref_cell (var
);
6870 #if defined (ARRAY_VARS)
6871 /* Handle expanding nameref whose value is x[n] */
6872 if (temp
&& *temp
&& valid_array_reference (temp
, 0))
6875 goto expand_arrayref
;
6879 /* y=2 ; typeset -n x=y; echo ${x} is not the same as echo ${2} in ksh */
6880 if (temp
&& *temp
&& legal_identifier (temp
) == 0)
6882 set_exit_status (EXECUTION_FAILURE
);
6883 report_error (_("%s: invalid variable name for name reference"), temp
);
6884 temp
= &expand_param_error
;
6887 temp
= (char *)NULL
;
6890 temp
= (char *)NULL
;
6894 ret
= alloc_word_desc ();
6896 ret
->flags
|= rflags
;
6902 parameter_brace_find_indir (name
, var_is_special
, quoted
, find_nameref
)
6904 int var_is_special
, quoted
, find_nameref
;
6911 if (find_nameref
&& var_is_special
== 0 && (v
= find_variable_last_nameref (name
, 0)) &&
6912 nameref_p (v
) && (t
= nameref_cell (v
)) && *t
)
6913 return (savestring (t
));
6915 /* If var_is_special == 0, and name is not an array reference, this does
6916 more expansion than necessary. It should really look up the variable's
6917 value and not try to expand it. */
6918 pflags
= PF_IGNUNBOUND
;
6919 /* Note that we're not going to be doing word splitting here */
6922 pflags
|= PF_ASSIGNRHS
; /* suppresses word splitting */
6923 oldex
= expand_no_split_dollar_star
;
6924 expand_no_split_dollar_star
= 1;
6926 w
= parameter_brace_expand_word (name
, var_is_special
, quoted
, pflags
, 0);
6928 expand_no_split_dollar_star
= oldex
;
6931 /* Have to dequote here if necessary */
6934 temp
= ((quoted
& (Q_DOUBLE_QUOTES
|Q_HERE_DOCUMENT
)) || var_is_special
)
6935 ? dequote_string (t
)
6936 : dequote_escapes (t
);
6940 dispose_word_desc (w
);
6945 /* Expand an indirect reference to a variable: ${!NAME} expands to the
6946 value of the variable whose name is the value of NAME. */
6948 parameter_brace_expand_indir (name
, var_is_special
, quoted
, pflags
, quoted_dollar_atp
, contains_dollar_at
)
6950 int var_is_special
, quoted
, pflags
;
6951 int *quoted_dollar_atp
, *contains_dollar_at
;
6957 /* See if it's a nameref first, behave in ksh93-compatible fashion.
6958 There is at least one incompatibility: given ${!foo[0]} where foo=bar,
6959 bash performs an indirect lookup on foo[0] and expands the result;
6960 ksh93 expands bar[0]. We could do that here -- there are enough usable
6961 primitives to do that -- but do not at this point. */
6962 if (var_is_special
== 0 && (v
= find_variable_last_nameref (name
, 0)))
6964 if (nameref_p (v
) && (t
= nameref_cell (v
)) && *t
)
6966 w
= alloc_word_desc ();
6967 w
->word
= savestring (t
);
6973 /* An indirect reference to a positional parameter or a special parameter
6974 is ok. Indirect references to array references, as explained above, are
6975 ok (currently). Only references to unset variables are errors at this
6977 if (legal_identifier (name
) && v
== 0)
6979 report_error (_("%s: invalid indirect expansion"), name
);
6980 w
= alloc_word_desc ();
6981 w
->word
= &expand_param_error
;
6986 t
= parameter_brace_find_indir (name
, var_is_special
, quoted
, 0);
6988 chk_atstar (t
, quoted
, pflags
, quoted_dollar_atp
, contains_dollar_at
);
6990 #if defined (ARRAY_VARS)
6991 /* Array references to unset variables are also an error */
6992 if (t
== 0 && valid_array_reference (name
, 0))
6994 v
= array_variable_part (name
, 0, (char **)0, (int *)0);
6997 report_error (_("%s: invalid indirect expansion"), name
);
6998 w
= alloc_word_desc ();
6999 w
->word
= &expand_param_error
;
7004 return (WORD_DESC
*)NULL
;
7009 return (WORD_DESC
*)NULL
;
7011 if (valid_brace_expansion_word (t
, SPECIAL_VAR (t
, 0)) == 0)
7013 report_error (_("%s: invalid variable name"), t
);
7015 w
= alloc_word_desc ();
7016 w
->word
= &expand_param_error
;
7021 w
= parameter_brace_expand_word (t
, SPECIAL_VAR(t
, 0), quoted
, pflags
, 0);
7027 /* Expand the right side of a parameter expansion of the form ${NAMEcVALUE},
7028 depending on the value of C, the separating character. C can be one of
7029 "-", "+", or "=". QUOTED is true if the entire brace expression occurs
7030 between double quotes. */
7032 parameter_brace_expand_rhs (name
, value
, op
, quoted
, pflags
, qdollaratp
, hasdollarat
)
7034 int op
, quoted
, pflags
, *qdollaratp
, *hasdollarat
;
7038 char *t
, *t1
, *temp
, *vname
;
7039 int l_hasdollat
, sindex
;
7042 /*itrace("parameter_brace_expand_rhs: %s:%s pflags = %d", name, value, pflags);*/
7043 /* If the entire expression is between double quotes, we want to treat
7044 the value as a double-quoted string, with the exception that we strip
7045 embedded unescaped double quotes (for sh backwards compatibility). */
7046 if ((quoted
& (Q_HERE_DOCUMENT
|Q_DOUBLE_QUOTES
)) && *value
)
7049 temp
= string_extract_double_quoted (value
, &sindex
, SX_STRIPDQ
);
7054 w
= alloc_word_desc ();
7056 l
= *temp
? expand_string_for_rhs (temp
, quoted
, op
, pflags
, &l_hasdollat
, (int *)NULL
)
7059 *hasdollarat
= l_hasdollat
|| (l
&& l
->next
);
7063 /* list_string takes multiple CTLNULs and turns them into an empty word
7064 with W_SAWQUOTEDNULL set. Turn it back into a single CTLNUL for the
7065 rest of this function and the caller. */
7066 for (tl
= l
; tl
; tl
= tl
->next
)
7068 if (tl
->word
&& (tl
->word
->word
== 0 || tl
->word
->word
[0] == 0) &&
7069 (tl
->word
->flags
| W_SAWQUOTEDNULL
))
7071 t
= make_quoted_char ('\0');
7072 FREE (tl
->word
->word
);
7074 tl
->word
->flags
|= W_QUOTED
|W_HASQUOTEDNULL
;
7075 tl
->word
->flags
&= ~W_SAWQUOTEDNULL
;
7081 /* If l->next is not null, we know that TEMP contained "$@", since that
7082 is the only expansion that creates more than one word. */
7083 if (qdollaratp
&& ((l_hasdollat
&& quoted
) || l
->next
))
7085 /*itrace("parameter_brace_expand_rhs: %s:%s: l != NULL, set *qdollaratp", name, value);*/
7089 /* The expansion of TEMP returned something. We need to treat things
7090 slightly differently if L_HASDOLLAT is non-zero. If we have "$@",
7091 the individual words have already been quoted. We need to turn them
7092 into a string with the words separated by the first character of
7093 $IFS without any additional quoting, so string_list_dollar_at won't
7094 do the right thing. If IFS is null, we want "$@" to split into
7095 separate arguments, not be concatenated, so we use string_list_internal
7096 and mark the word to be split on spaces later. We use
7097 string_list_dollar_star for "$@" otherwise. */
7098 if (l
->next
&& ifs_is_null
)
7100 temp
= string_list_internal (l
, " ");
7101 w
->flags
|= W_SPLITSPACE
;
7103 else if (l_hasdollat
|| l
->next
)
7104 temp
= string_list_dollar_star (l
, quoted
, 0);
7107 temp
= string_list (l
);
7108 if (temp
&& (QUOTED_NULL (temp
) == 0) && (l
->word
->flags
& W_SAWQUOTEDNULL
))
7109 w
->flags
|= W_SAWQUOTEDNULL
; /* XXX */
7112 /* If we have a quoted null result (QUOTED_NULL(temp)) and the word is
7113 a quoted null (l->next == 0 && QUOTED_NULL(l->word->word)), the
7114 flags indicate it (l->word->flags & W_HASQUOTEDNULL), and the
7115 expansion is quoted (quoted & (Q_HERE_DOCUMENT|Q_DOUBLE_QUOTES))
7116 (which is more paranoia than anything else), we need to return the
7117 quoted null string and set the flags to indicate it. */
7118 if (l
->next
== 0 && (quoted
& (Q_HERE_DOCUMENT
|Q_DOUBLE_QUOTES
)) && QUOTED_NULL (temp
) && QUOTED_NULL (l
->word
->word
) && (l
->word
->flags
& W_HASQUOTEDNULL
))
7120 w
->flags
|= W_HASQUOTEDNULL
;
7121 /*itrace("parameter_brace_expand_rhs (%s:%s): returning quoted null, turning off qdollaratp", name, value);*/
7122 /* If we return a quoted null with L_HASDOLLARAT, we either have a
7123 construct like "${@-$@}" or "${@-${@-$@}}" with no positional
7124 parameters or a quoted expansion of "$@" with $1 == ''. In either
7125 case, we don't want to enable special handling of $@. */
7126 if (qdollaratp
&& l_hasdollat
)
7131 else if ((quoted
& (Q_HERE_DOCUMENT
|Q_DOUBLE_QUOTES
)) && l_hasdollat
)
7133 /* Posix interp 221 changed the rules on this. The idea is that
7134 something like "$xxx$@" should expand the same as "${foo-$xxx$@}"
7135 when foo and xxx are unset. The problem is that it's not in any
7136 way backwards compatible and few other shells do it. We're eventually
7137 going to try and split the difference (heh) a little bit here. */
7138 /* l_hasdollat == 1 means we saw a quoted dollar at. */
7140 /* The brace expansion occurred between double quotes and there was
7141 a $@ in TEMP. It does not matter if the $@ is quoted, as long as
7142 it does not expand to anything. In this case, we want to return
7143 a quoted empty string. Posix interp 888 */
7144 temp
= make_quoted_char ('\0');
7145 w
->flags
|= W_HASQUOTEDNULL
;
7146 /*itrace("parameter_brace_expand_rhs (%s:%s): returning quoted null", name, value);*/
7149 temp
= (char *)NULL
;
7151 if (op
== '-' || op
== '+')
7158 t1
= temp
? dequote_string (temp
) : savestring ("");
7164 (legal_variable_starter ((unsigned char)name
[1]) || DIGIT (name
[1]) || VALID_INDIR_PARAM (name
[1])))
7166 vname
= parameter_brace_find_indir (name
+ 1, SPECIAL_VAR (name
, 1), quoted
, 1);
7167 if (vname
== 0 || *vname
== 0)
7169 report_error (_("%s: invalid indirect expansion"), name
);
7173 return &expand_wdesc_error
;
7175 if (legal_identifier (vname
) == 0)
7177 report_error (_("%s: invalid variable name"), vname
);
7181 return &expand_wdesc_error
;
7185 #if defined (ARRAY_VARS)
7186 if (valid_array_reference (vname
, 0))
7187 v
= assign_array_element (vname
, t1
, 0);
7189 #endif /* ARRAY_VARS */
7190 v
= bind_variable (vname
, t1
, 0);
7192 if (v
== 0 || readonly_p (v
) || noassign_p (v
)) /* expansion error */
7194 if ((v
== 0 || readonly_p (v
)) && interactive_shell
== 0 && posixly_correct
)
7196 last_command_exit_value
= EXECUTION_FAILURE
;
7197 exp_jump_to_top_level (FORCE_EOF
);
7203 last_command_exit_value
= EX_BADUSAGE
;
7204 exp_jump_to_top_level (DISCARD
);
7208 stupidly_hack_special_variables (vname
);
7213 /* From Posix group discussion Feb-March 2010. Issue 7 0000221 */
7215 /* If we are double-quoted or if we are not going to be performing word
7216 splitting, we want to quote the value we return appropriately, like
7217 the other expansions this function handles. */
7218 w
->word
= (quoted
& (Q_DOUBLE_QUOTES
|Q_HERE_DOCUMENT
)) ? quote_string (t1
) : quote_escapes (t1
);
7219 /* If we have something that's non-null, that's not a quoted null string,
7220 and we're not going to be performing word splitting (we know we're not
7221 because the operator is `='), we can forget we saw a quoted null. */
7222 if (w
->word
&& w
->word
[0] && QUOTED_NULL (w
->word
) == 0)
7223 w
->flags
&= ~W_SAWQUOTEDNULL
;
7226 /* If we convert a null string into a quoted null, make sure the caller
7228 if ((quoted
& (Q_DOUBLE_QUOTES
|Q_HERE_DOCUMENT
)) && QUOTED_NULL (w
->word
))
7229 w
->flags
|= W_HASQUOTEDNULL
;
7234 /* Deal with the right hand side of a ${name:?value} expansion in the case
7235 that NAME is null or not set. If VALUE is non-null it is expanded and
7236 used as the error message to print, otherwise a standard message is
7239 parameter_brace_expand_error (name
, value
, check_null
)
7246 set_exit_status (EXECUTION_FAILURE
); /* ensure it's non-zero */
7247 if (value
&& *value
)
7249 l
= expand_string (value
, 0);
7250 temp
= string_list (l
);
7251 report_error ("%s: %s", name
, temp
? temp
: ""); /* XXX was value not "" */
7255 else if (check_null
== 0)
7256 report_error (_("%s: parameter not set"), name
);
7258 report_error (_("%s: parameter null or not set"), name
);
7260 /* Free the data we have allocated during this expansion, since we
7261 are about to longjmp out. */
7266 /* Return 1 if NAME is something for which parameter_brace_expand_length is
7269 valid_length_expression (name
)
7272 return (name
[1] == '\0' || /* ${#} */
7273 ((sh_syntaxtab
[(unsigned char) name
[1]] & CSPECVAR
) && name
[2] == '\0') || /* special param */
7274 (DIGIT (name
[1]) && all_digits (name
+ 1)) || /* ${#11} */
7275 #if defined (ARRAY_VARS)
7276 valid_array_reference (name
+ 1, 0) || /* ${#a[7]} */
7278 legal_identifier (name
+ 1)); /* ${#PS1} */
7281 /* Handle the parameter brace expansion that requires us to return the
7282 length of a parameter. */
7284 parameter_brace_expand_length (name
)
7288 intmax_t number
, arg_index
;
7292 var
= (SHELL_VAR
*)NULL
;
7294 if (name
[1] == '\0') /* ${#} */
7295 number
= number_of_args ();
7296 else if (DOLLAR_AT_STAR (name
[1]) && name
[2] == '\0') /* ${#@}, ${#*} */
7297 number
= number_of_args ();
7298 else if ((sh_syntaxtab
[(unsigned char) name
[1]] & CSPECVAR
) && name
[2] == '\0')
7300 /* Take the lengths of some of the shell's special parameters. */
7304 t
= which_set_flags ();
7307 t
= itos (last_command_exit_value
);
7310 t
= itos (dollar_dollar_pid
);
7313 if (last_asynchronous_pid
== NO_PID
)
7314 t
= (char *)NULL
; /* XXX - error if set -u set? */
7316 t
= itos (last_asynchronous_pid
);
7319 t
= itos (number_of_args ());
7322 number
= STRLEN (t
);
7325 #if defined (ARRAY_VARS)
7326 else if (valid_array_reference (name
+ 1, 0))
7327 number
= array_length_reference (name
+ 1);
7328 #endif /* ARRAY_VARS */
7333 if (legal_number (name
+ 1, &arg_index
)) /* ${#1} */
7335 t
= get_dollar_var_value (arg_index
);
7336 if (t
== 0 && unbound_vars_is_error
)
7338 number
= MB_STRLEN (t
);
7341 #if defined (ARRAY_VARS)
7342 else if ((var
= find_variable (name
+ 1)) && (invisible_p (var
) == 0) && (array_p (var
) || assoc_p (var
)))
7345 t
= assoc_reference (assoc_cell (var
), "0");
7347 t
= array_reference (array_cell (var
), 0);
7348 if (t
== 0 && unbound_vars_is_error
)
7350 number
= MB_STRLEN (t
);
7353 /* Fast path for the common case of taking the length of a non-dynamic
7354 scalar variable value. */
7355 else if ((var
|| (var
= find_variable (name
+ 1))) &&
7356 invisible_p (var
) == 0 &&
7357 array_p (var
) == 0 && assoc_p (var
) == 0 &&
7358 var
->dynamic_value
== 0)
7359 number
= value_cell (var
) ? MB_STRLEN (value_cell (var
)) : 0;
7360 else if (var
== 0 && unbound_vars_is_error
== 0)
7364 newname
= savestring (name
);
7366 list
= expand_string (newname
, Q_DOUBLE_QUOTES
);
7367 t
= list
? string_list (list
) : (char *)NULL
;
7370 dispose_words (list
);
7372 number
= t
? MB_STRLEN (t
) : 0;
7380 /* Skip characters in SUBSTR until DELIM. SUBSTR is an arithmetic expression,
7381 so we do some ad-hoc parsing of an arithmetic expression to find
7382 the first DELIM, instead of using strchr(3). Two rules:
7383 1. If the substring contains a `(', read until closing `)'.
7384 2. If the substring contains a `?', read past one `:' for each `?'.
7385 The SD_ARITHEXP flag to skip_to_delim takes care of doing this.
7389 skiparith (substr
, delim
)
7399 i
= skip_to_delim (substr
, 0, delims
, SD_ARITHEXP
);
7400 return (substr
+ i
);
7403 /* Verify and limit the start and end of the desired substring. If
7404 VTYPE == 0, a regular shell variable is being used; if it is 1,
7405 then the positional parameters are being used; if it is 2, then
7406 VALUE is really a pointer to an array variable that should be used.
7407 Return value is 1 if both values were OK, 0 if there was a problem
7408 with an invalid expression, or -1 if the values were out of range. */
7410 verify_substring_values (v
, value
, substr
, vtype
, e1p
, e2p
)
7412 char *value
, *substr
;
7414 intmax_t *e1p
, *e2p
;
7416 char *t
, *temp1
, *temp2
;
7419 #if defined (ARRAY_VARS)
7424 /* duplicate behavior of strchr(3) */
7425 t
= skiparith (substr
, ':');
7426 if (*t
&& *t
== ':')
7431 temp1
= expand_arith_string (substr
, Q_DOUBLE_QUOTES
);
7432 *e1p
= evalexp (temp1
, 0, &expok
); /* XXX - EXP_EXPANDED? */
7437 len
= -1; /* paranoia */
7441 case VT_ARRAYMEMBER
:
7442 len
= MB_STRLEN (value
);
7445 len
= number_of_args () + 1;
7447 len
++; /* add one arg if counting from $0 */
7449 #if defined (ARRAY_VARS)
7451 /* For arrays, the first value deals with array indices. Negative
7452 offsets count from one past the array's maximum index. Associative
7453 arrays treat the number of elements as the maximum index. */
7457 len
= assoc_num_elements (h
) + (*e1p
< 0);
7462 len
= array_max_index (a
) + (*e1p
< 0); /* arrays index from 0 to n - 1 */
7468 if (len
== -1) /* paranoia */
7471 if (*e1p
< 0) /* negative offsets count from end */
7474 if (*e1p
> len
|| *e1p
< 0)
7477 #if defined (ARRAY_VARS)
7478 /* For arrays, the second offset deals with the number of elements. */
7479 if (vtype
== VT_ARRAYVAR
)
7480 len
= assoc_p (v
) ? assoc_num_elements (h
) : array_num_elements (a
);
7486 temp2
= savestring (t
);
7487 temp1
= expand_arith_string (temp2
, Q_DOUBLE_QUOTES
);
7490 *e2p
= evalexp (temp1
, 0, &expok
); /* XXX - EXP_EXPANDED? */
7495 /* Should we allow positional parameter length < 0 to count backwards
7496 from end of positional parameters? */
7498 if ((vtype
== VT_ARRAYVAR
|| vtype
== VT_POSPARMS
) && *e2p
< 0)
7499 #else /* TAG: bash-5.2 */
7500 if (vtype
== VT_ARRAYVAR
&& *e2p
< 0)
7503 internal_error (_("%s: substring expression < 0"), t
);
7506 #if defined (ARRAY_VARS)
7507 /* In order to deal with sparse arrays, push the intelligence about how
7508 to deal with the number of elements desired down to the array-
7509 specific functions. */
7510 if (vtype
!= VT_ARRAYVAR
)
7516 if (*e2p
< 0 || *e2p
< *e1p
)
7518 internal_error (_("%s: substring expression < 0"), t
);
7523 *e2p
+= *e1p
; /* want E2 chars starting at E1 */
7534 /* Return the type of variable specified by VARNAME (simple variable,
7535 positional param, or array variable). Also return the value specified
7536 by VARNAME (value of a variable or a reference to an array element).
7537 QUOTED is the standard description of quoting state, using Q_* defines.
7538 FLAGS is currently a set of flags to pass to array_value. If IND is
7539 non-null and not INTMAX_MIN, and FLAGS includes AV_USEIND, IND is
7540 passed to array_value so the array index is not computed again.
7541 If this returns VT_VARIABLE, the caller assumes that CTLESC and CTLNUL
7542 characters in the value are quoted with CTLESC and takes appropriate
7543 steps. For convenience, *VALP is set to the dequoted VALUE. */
7545 get_var_and_type (varname
, value
, ind
, quoted
, flags
, varp
, valp
)
7546 char *varname
, *value
;
7552 int vtype
, want_indir
;
7557 want_indir
= *varname
== '!' &&
7558 (legal_variable_starter ((unsigned char)varname
[1]) || DIGIT (varname
[1])
7559 || VALID_INDIR_PARAM (varname
[1]));
7561 vname
= parameter_brace_find_indir (varname
+1, SPECIAL_VAR (varname
, 1), quoted
, 1);
7562 /* XXX - what if vname == 0 || *vname == 0 ? */
7568 vtype
= VT_VARIABLE
;
7569 *varp
= (SHELL_VAR
*)NULL
;
7570 *valp
= (char *)NULL
;
7574 /* This sets vtype to VT_VARIABLE or VT_POSPARMS */
7575 vtype
= STR_DOLLAR_AT_STAR (vname
);
7576 if (vtype
== VT_POSPARMS
&& vname
[0] == '*')
7577 vtype
|= VT_STARSUB
;
7578 *varp
= (SHELL_VAR
*)NULL
;
7580 #if defined (ARRAY_VARS)
7581 if (valid_array_reference (vname
, 0))
7583 v
= array_variable_part (vname
, 0, &temp
, (int *)0);
7584 /* If we want to signal array_value to use an already-computed index,
7585 set LIND to that index */
7586 lind
= (ind
!= INTMAX_MIN
&& (flags
& AV_USEIND
)) ? ind
: 0;
7587 if (v
&& invisible_p (v
))
7589 vtype
= VT_ARRAYMEMBER
;
7590 *varp
= (SHELL_VAR
*)NULL
;
7591 *valp
= (char *)NULL
;
7593 if (v
&& (array_p (v
) || assoc_p (v
)))
7595 if (ALL_ELEMENT_SUB (temp
[0]) && temp
[1] == RBRACK
)
7597 /* Callers have to differentiate between indexed and associative */
7598 vtype
= VT_ARRAYVAR
;
7600 vtype
|= VT_STARSUB
;
7601 *valp
= array_p (v
) ? (char *)array_cell (v
) : (char *)assoc_cell (v
);
7605 vtype
= VT_ARRAYMEMBER
;
7606 *valp
= array_value (vname
, Q_DOUBLE_QUOTES
, flags
, (int *)NULL
, &lind
);
7610 else if (v
&& (ALL_ELEMENT_SUB (temp
[0]) && temp
[1] == RBRACK
))
7612 vtype
= VT_VARIABLE
;
7614 if (quoted
& (Q_DOUBLE_QUOTES
|Q_HERE_DOCUMENT
))
7615 *valp
= value
? dequote_string (value
) : (char *)NULL
;
7617 *valp
= value
? dequote_escapes (value
) : (char *)NULL
;
7621 vtype
= VT_ARRAYMEMBER
;
7623 *valp
= array_value (vname
, Q_DOUBLE_QUOTES
, flags
, (int *)NULL
, &lind
);
7626 else if ((v
= find_variable (vname
)) && (invisible_p (v
) == 0) && (assoc_p (v
) || array_p (v
)))
7628 vtype
= VT_ARRAYMEMBER
;
7630 *valp
= assoc_p (v
) ? assoc_reference (assoc_cell (v
), "0") : array_reference (array_cell (v
), 0);
7635 if (value
&& vtype
== VT_VARIABLE
)
7637 *varp
= find_variable (vname
);
7638 if (quoted
& (Q_DOUBLE_QUOTES
|Q_HERE_DOCUMENT
))
7639 *valp
= dequote_string (value
);
7641 *valp
= dequote_escapes (value
);
7653 /***********************************************************/
7655 /* Functions to perform transformations on variable values */
7657 /***********************************************************/
7660 string_var_assignment (v
, s
)
7664 char flags
[MAX_ATTRIBUTES
], *ret
, *val
;
7667 val
= (v
&& (invisible_p (v
) || var_isset (v
) == 0)) ? (char *)NULL
: sh_quote_reusable (s
, 0);
7668 i
= var_attribute_string (v
, 0, flags
);
7669 if (i
== 0 && val
== 0)
7670 return (char *)NULL
;
7672 ret
= (char *)xmalloc (i
+ STRLEN (val
) + strlen (v
->name
) + 16 + MAX_ATTRIBUTES
);
7673 if (i
> 0 && val
== 0)
7674 sprintf (ret
, "declare -%s %s", flags
, v
->name
);
7676 sprintf (ret
, "declare -%s %s=%s", flags
, v
->name
, val
);
7678 sprintf (ret
, "%s=%s", v
->name
, val
);
7683 #if defined (ARRAY_VARS)
7685 array_var_assignment (v
, itype
, quoted
, atype
)
7687 int itype
, quoted
, atype
;
7689 char *ret
, *val
, flags
[MAX_ATTRIBUTES
];
7693 return (char *)NULL
;
7695 val
= array_p (v
) ? array_to_kvpair (array_cell (v
), 0)
7696 : assoc_to_kvpair (assoc_cell (v
), 0);
7698 val
= array_p (v
) ? array_to_assign (array_cell (v
), 0)
7699 : assoc_to_assign (assoc_cell (v
), 0);
7701 if (val
== 0 && (invisible_p (v
) || var_isset (v
) == 0))
7705 val
= (char *)xmalloc (3);
7712 ret
= (quoted
& (Q_DOUBLE_QUOTES
|Q_HERE_DOCUMENT
)) ? quote_string (val
) : quote_escapes (val
);
7720 i
= var_attribute_string (v
, 0, flags
);
7721 ret
= (char *)xmalloc (i
+ STRLEN (val
) + strlen (v
->name
) + 16);
7723 sprintf (ret
, "declare -%s %s=%s", flags
, v
->name
, val
);
7725 sprintf (ret
, "declare -%s %s", flags
, v
->name
);
7732 pos_params_assignment (list
, itype
, quoted
)
7739 /* first, we transform the list to quote each word. */
7740 temp
= list_transform ('Q', (SHELL_VAR
*)0, list
, itype
, quoted
);
7741 ret
= (char *)xmalloc (strlen (temp
) + 8);
7742 strcpy (ret
, "set -- ");
7743 strcpy (ret
+ 7, temp
);
7749 string_transform (xc
, v
, s
)
7754 char *ret
, flags
[MAX_ATTRIBUTES
], *t
;
7757 if (((xc
== 'A' || xc
== 'a') && v
== 0))
7758 return (char *)NULL
;
7759 else if (xc
!= 'a' && xc
!= 'A' && s
== 0)
7760 return (char *)NULL
;
7764 /* Transformations that interrogate the variable */
7766 i
= var_attribute_string (v
, 0, flags
);
7767 ret
= (i
> 0) ? savestring (flags
) : (char *)NULL
;
7770 ret
= string_var_assignment (v
, s
);
7773 ret
= sh_quote_reusable (s
, 0);
7775 /* Transformations that modify the variable's value */
7777 t
= ansiexpand (s
, 0, strlen (s
), (int *)0);
7778 ret
= dequote_escapes (t
);
7782 ret
= decode_prompt_string (s
);
7785 ret
= sh_quote_reusable (s
, 0);
7788 ret
= sh_modcase (s
, 0, CASE_UPPER
);
7791 ret
= sh_modcase (s
, 0, CASE_UPFIRST
); /* capitalize */
7794 ret
= sh_modcase (s
, 0, CASE_LOWER
);
7804 list_transform (xc
, v
, list
, itype
, quoted
)
7815 for (new = (WORD_LIST
*)NULL
, l
= list
; l
; l
= l
->next
)
7817 tword
= string_transform (xc
, v
, l
->word
->word
);
7818 w
= alloc_word_desc ();
7819 w
->word
= tword
? tword
: savestring (""); /* XXX */
7820 new = make_word_list (w
, new);
7822 l
= REVERSE_LIST (new, WORD_LIST
*);
7825 /* If we are expanding in a context where word splitting will not be
7826 performed, treat as quoted. This changes how $* will be expanded. */
7827 if (itype
== '*' && expand_no_split_dollar_star
&& ifs_is_null
)
7828 qflags
|= Q_DOUBLE_QUOTES
; /* Posix interp 888 */
7830 tword
= string_list_pos_params (itype
, l
, qflags
, 0);
7837 parameter_list_transform (xc
, itype
, quoted
)
7845 list
= list_rest_of_args ();
7847 return ((char *)NULL
);
7849 ret
= pos_params_assignment (list
, itype
, quoted
);
7851 ret
= list_transform (xc
, (SHELL_VAR
*)0, list
, itype
, quoted
);
7852 dispose_words (list
);
7856 #if defined (ARRAY_VARS)
7858 array_transform (xc
, var
, starsub
, quoted
)
7861 int starsub
; /* so we can figure out how it's indexed */
7871 v
= var
; /* XXX - for now */
7873 itype
= starsub
? '*' : '@';
7876 return (array_var_assignment (v
, itype
, quoted
, 1));
7878 return (array_var_assignment (v
, itype
, quoted
, 2));
7880 /* special case for unset arrays and attributes */
7881 if (xc
== 'a' && (invisible_p (v
) || var_isset (v
) == 0))
7883 char flags
[MAX_ATTRIBUTES
];
7886 i
= var_attribute_string (v
, 0, flags
);
7887 return ((i
> 0) ? savestring (flags
) : (char *)NULL
);
7890 a
= (v
&& array_p (v
)) ? array_cell (v
) : 0;
7891 h
= (v
&& assoc_p (v
)) ? assoc_cell (v
) : 0;
7893 list
= a
? array_to_word_list (a
) : (h
? assoc_to_word_list (h
) : 0);
7895 return ((char *)NULL
);
7896 ret
= list_transform (xc
, v
, list
, itype
, quoted
);
7897 dispose_words (list
);
7901 #endif /* ARRAY_VARS */
7904 valid_parameter_transform (xform
)
7910 /* check for valid values of xform[0] */
7913 case 'a': /* expand to a string with just attributes */
7914 case 'A': /* expand as an assignment statement with attributes */
7915 case 'K': /* expand assoc array to list of key/value pairs */
7916 case 'E': /* expand like $'...' */
7917 case 'P': /* expand like prompt string */
7918 case 'Q': /* quote reusably */
7919 case 'U': /* transform to uppercase */
7920 case 'u': /* tranform by capitalizing */
7921 case 'L': /* transform to lowercase */
7929 parameter_brace_transform (varname
, value
, ind
, xform
, rtype
, quoted
, pflags
, flags
)
7930 char *varname
, *value
;
7933 int rtype
, quoted
, pflags
, flags
;
7935 int vtype
, xc
, starsub
;
7936 char *temp1
, *val
, *oname
;
7940 if (value
== 0 && xc
!= 'A' && xc
!= 'a')
7941 return ((char *)NULL
);
7943 oname
= this_command_name
;
7944 this_command_name
= varname
;
7946 vtype
= get_var_and_type (varname
, value
, ind
, quoted
, flags
, &v
, &val
);
7949 this_command_name
= oname
;
7950 return ((char *)NULL
);
7953 if (valid_parameter_transform (xform
) == 0)
7955 this_command_name
= oname
;
7956 #if 0 /* TAG: bash-5.2 Martin Schulte <gnu@schrader-schulte.de> 10/2020 */
7957 return (interactive_shell
? &expand_param_error
: &expand_param_fatal
);
7959 return &expand_param_error
;
7963 starsub
= vtype
& VT_STARSUB
;
7964 vtype
&= ~VT_STARSUB
;
7966 /* If we are asked to display the attributes of an unset variable, V will
7967 be NULL after the call to get_var_and_type. Double-check here. */
7968 if ((xc
== 'a' || xc
== 'A') && vtype
== VT_VARIABLE
&& varname
&& v
== 0)
7969 v
= find_variable (varname
);
7971 temp1
= (char *)NULL
; /* shut up gcc */
7975 case VT_ARRAYMEMBER
:
7976 temp1
= string_transform (xc
, v
, val
);
7977 if (vtype
== VT_VARIABLE
)
7981 val
= (quoted
& (Q_HERE_DOCUMENT
|Q_DOUBLE_QUOTES
))
7982 ? quote_string (temp1
)
7983 : quote_escapes (temp1
);
7988 #if defined (ARRAY_VARS)
7990 temp1
= array_transform (xc
, v
, starsub
, quoted
);
7991 if (temp1
&& quoted
== 0 && ifs_is_null
)
7993 /* Posix interp 888 */
7995 else if (temp1
&& ((quoted
& (Q_HERE_DOCUMENT
|Q_DOUBLE_QUOTES
)) == 0))
7997 val
= quote_escapes (temp1
);
8004 temp1
= parameter_list_transform (xc
, varname
[0], quoted
);
8005 if (temp1
&& quoted
== 0 && ifs_is_null
)
8007 /* Posix interp 888 */
8009 else if (temp1
&& ((quoted
& (Q_HERE_DOCUMENT
|Q_DOUBLE_QUOTES
)) == 0))
8011 val
= quote_escapes (temp1
);
8018 this_command_name
= oname
;
8022 /******************************************************/
8024 /* Functions to extract substrings of variable values */
8026 /******************************************************/
8028 #if defined (HANDLE_MULTIBYTE)
8029 /* Character-oriented rather than strictly byte-oriented substrings. S and
8030 E, rather being strict indices into STRING, indicate character (possibly
8031 multibyte character) positions that require calculation.
8032 Used by the ${param:offset[:length]} expansion. */
8034 mb_substring (string
, s
, e
)
8044 /* Don't need string length in ADVANCE_CHAR unless multibyte chars possible. */
8045 slen
= (MB_CUR_MAX
> 1) ? STRLEN (string
) : 0;
8048 while (string
[start
] && i
--)
8049 ADVANCE_CHAR (string
, slen
, start
);
8052 while (string
[stop
] && i
--)
8053 ADVANCE_CHAR (string
, slen
, stop
);
8054 tt
= substring (string
, start
, stop
);
8059 /* Process a variable substring expansion: ${name:e1[:e2]}. If VARNAME
8060 is `@', use the positional parameters; otherwise, use the value of
8061 VARNAME. If VARNAME is an array variable, use the array elements. */
8064 parameter_brace_substring (varname
, value
, ind
, substr
, quoted
, pflags
, flags
)
8065 char *varname
, *value
;
8068 int quoted
, pflags
, flags
;
8071 int vtype
, r
, starsub
;
8072 char *temp
, *val
, *tt
, *oname
;
8075 if (value
== 0 && ((varname
[0] != '@' && varname
[0] != '*') || varname
[1]))
8076 return ((char *)NULL
);
8078 oname
= this_command_name
;
8079 this_command_name
= varname
;
8081 vtype
= get_var_and_type (varname
, value
, ind
, quoted
, flags
, &v
, &val
);
8084 this_command_name
= oname
;
8085 return ((char *)NULL
);
8088 starsub
= vtype
& VT_STARSUB
;
8089 vtype
&= ~VT_STARSUB
;
8091 r
= verify_substring_values (v
, val
, substr
, vtype
, &e1
, &e2
);
8092 this_command_name
= oname
;
8095 if (vtype
== VT_VARIABLE
)
8097 return ((r
== 0) ? &expand_param_error
: (char *)NULL
);
8103 case VT_ARRAYMEMBER
:
8104 #if defined (HANDLE_MULTIBYTE)
8106 tt
= mb_substring (val
, e1
, e2
);
8109 tt
= substring (val
, e1
, e2
);
8111 if (vtype
== VT_VARIABLE
)
8113 if (quoted
& (Q_DOUBLE_QUOTES
|Q_HERE_DOCUMENT
))
8114 temp
= quote_string (tt
);
8116 temp
= tt
? quote_escapes (tt
) : (char *)NULL
;
8121 if (vtype
== VT_POSPARMS
)
8122 tt
= pos_params (varname
, e1
, e2
, quoted
, pflags
);
8123 #if defined (ARRAY_VARS)
8124 /* assoc_subrange and array_subrange both call string_list_pos_params,
8125 so we can treat this case just like VT_POSPARAMS. */
8126 else if (assoc_p (v
))
8127 /* we convert to list and take first e2 elements starting at e1th
8128 element -- officially undefined for now */
8129 tt
= assoc_subrange (assoc_cell (v
), e1
, e2
, starsub
, quoted
, pflags
);
8131 /* We want E2 to be the number of elements desired (arrays can be
8132 sparse, so verify_substring_values just returns the numbers
8133 specified and we rely on array_subrange to understand how to
8135 tt
= array_subrange (array_cell (v
), e1
, e2
, starsub
, quoted
, pflags
);
8137 /* We want to leave this alone in every case where pos_params/
8138 string_list_pos_params quotes the list members */
8139 if (tt
&& quoted
== 0 && ifs_is_null
)
8141 temp
= tt
; /* Posix interp 888 */
8143 else if (tt
&& quoted
== 0 && (pflags
& PF_ASSIGNRHS
))
8145 temp
= tt
; /* Posix interp 888 */
8147 else if ((quoted
& (Q_DOUBLE_QUOTES
|Q_HERE_DOCUMENT
)) == 0)
8149 temp
= tt
? quote_escapes (tt
) : (char *)NULL
;
8157 temp
= (char *)NULL
;
8163 /****************************************************************/
8165 /* Functions to perform pattern substitution on variable values */
8167 /****************************************************************/
8169 #ifdef INCLUDE_UNUSED
8171 shouldexp_replacement (s
)
8176 for (p
= s
; p
&& *p
; p
++)
8188 pat_subst (string
, pat
, rep
, mflags
)
8189 char *string
, *pat
, *rep
;
8192 char *ret
, *s
, *e
, *str
, *rstr
, *mstr
, *send
;
8193 int rptr
, mtype
, rxpand
, mlen
;
8194 size_t rsize
, l
, replen
, rslen
;
8198 return (savestring (""));
8200 mtype
= mflags
& MATCH_TYPEMASK
;
8202 #if 0 /* TAG: bash-5.2? */
8203 rxpand
= (rep
&& *rep
) ? shouldexp_replacement (rep
) : 0;
8209 * 1. A null pattern with mtype == MATCH_BEG means to prefix STRING
8210 * with REP and return the result.
8211 * 2. A null pattern with mtype == MATCH_END means to append REP to
8212 * STRING and return the result.
8213 * 3. A null STRING with a matching pattern means to append REP to
8214 * STRING and return the result.
8215 * These don't understand or process `&' in the replacement string.
8217 if ((pat
== 0 || *pat
== 0) && (mtype
== MATCH_BEG
|| mtype
== MATCH_END
))
8219 replen
= STRLEN (rep
);
8220 l
= STRLEN (string
);
8221 ret
= (char *)xmalloc (replen
+ l
+ 2);
8223 strcpy (ret
, string
);
8224 else if (mtype
== MATCH_BEG
)
8227 strcpy (ret
+ replen
, string
);
8231 strcpy (ret
, string
);
8232 strcpy (ret
+ l
, rep
);
8236 else if (*string
== 0 && (match_pattern (string
, pat
, mtype
, &s
, &e
) != 0))
8238 replen
= STRLEN (rep
);
8239 ret
= (char *)xmalloc (replen
+ 1);
8247 ret
= (char *)xmalloc (rsize
= 64);
8249 send
= string
+ strlen (string
);
8251 for (replen
= STRLEN (rep
), rptr
= 0, str
= string
; *str
;)
8253 if (match_pattern (str
, pat
, mtype
, &s
, &e
) == 0)
8261 mstr
= xmalloc (mlen
+ 1);
8262 for (x
= 0; x
< mlen
; x
++)
8265 rstr
= strcreplace (rep
, '&', mstr
, 0);
8267 rslen
= strlen (rstr
);
8275 RESIZE_MALLOCED_BUFFER (ret
, rptr
, (l
+ rslen
), rsize
, 64);
8277 /* OK, now copy the leading unmatched portion of the string (from
8278 str to s) to ret starting at rptr (the current offset). Then copy
8279 the replacement string at ret + rptr + (s - str). Increment
8280 rptr (if necessary) and str and go on. */
8283 strncpy (ret
+ rptr
, str
, l
);
8288 strncpy (ret
+ rptr
, rstr
, rslen
);
8291 str
= e
; /* e == end of match */
8296 if (((mflags
& MATCH_GLOBREP
) == 0) || mtype
!= MATCH_ANY
)
8301 /* On a zero-length match, make sure we copy one character, since
8302 we increment one character to avoid infinite recursion. */
8303 char *p
, *origp
, *origs
;
8306 RESIZE_MALLOCED_BUFFER (ret
, rptr
, locale_mb_cur_max
, rsize
, 64);
8307 #if defined (HANDLE_MULTIBYTE)
8308 p
= origp
= ret
+ rptr
;
8310 COPY_CHAR_P (p
, str
, send
);
8314 ret
[rptr
++] = *str
++;
8315 e
++; /* avoid infinite recursion on zero-length match */
8320 /* Now copy the unmatched portion of the input string */
8323 RESIZE_MALLOCED_BUFFER (ret
, rptr
, STRLEN(str
) + 1, rsize
, 64);
8324 strcpy (ret
+ rptr
, str
);
8332 /* Do pattern match and replacement on the positional parameters. */
8334 pos_params_pat_subst (string
, pat
, rep
, mflags
)
8335 char *string
, *pat
, *rep
;
8338 WORD_LIST
*save
, *params
;
8341 int pchar
, qflags
, pflags
;
8343 save
= params
= list_rest_of_args ();
8345 return ((char *)NULL
);
8347 for ( ; params
; params
= params
->next
)
8349 ret
= pat_subst (params
->word
->word
, pat
, rep
, mflags
);
8350 w
= alloc_word_desc ();
8351 w
->word
= ret
? ret
: savestring ("");
8352 dispose_word (params
->word
);
8356 pchar
= (mflags
& MATCH_STARSUB
) == MATCH_STARSUB
? '*' : '@';
8357 qflags
= (mflags
& MATCH_QUOTED
) == MATCH_QUOTED
? Q_DOUBLE_QUOTES
: 0;
8358 pflags
= (mflags
& MATCH_ASSIGNRHS
) == MATCH_ASSIGNRHS
? PF_ASSIGNRHS
: 0;
8360 /* If we are expanding in a context where word splitting will not be
8361 performed, treat as quoted. This changes how $* will be expanded. */
8362 if (pchar
== '*' && (mflags
& MATCH_ASSIGNRHS
) && expand_no_split_dollar_star
&& ifs_is_null
)
8363 qflags
|= Q_DOUBLE_QUOTES
; /* Posix interp 888 */
8365 ret
= string_list_pos_params (pchar
, save
, qflags
, pflags
);
8366 dispose_words (save
);
8371 /* Perform pattern substitution on VALUE, which is the expansion of
8372 VARNAME. PATSUB is an expression supplying the pattern to match
8373 and the string to substitute. QUOTED is a flags word containing
8374 the type of quoting currently in effect. */
8376 parameter_brace_patsub (varname
, value
, ind
, patsub
, quoted
, pflags
, flags
)
8377 char *varname
, *value
;
8380 int quoted
, pflags
, flags
;
8382 int vtype
, mflags
, starsub
, delim
;
8383 char *val
, *temp
, *pat
, *rep
, *p
, *lpatsub
, *tt
, *oname
;
8387 return ((char *)NULL
);
8389 oname
= this_command_name
;
8390 this_command_name
= varname
; /* error messages */
8392 vtype
= get_var_and_type (varname
, value
, ind
, quoted
, flags
, &v
, &val
);
8395 this_command_name
= oname
;
8396 return ((char *)NULL
);
8399 starsub
= vtype
& VT_STARSUB
;
8400 vtype
&= ~VT_STARSUB
;
8403 /* PATSUB is never NULL when this is called. */
8406 mflags
|= MATCH_GLOBREP
;
8410 /* Malloc this because expand_string_if_necessary or one of the expansion
8411 functions in its call chain may free it on a substitution error. */
8412 lpatsub
= savestring (patsub
);
8414 if (quoted
& (Q_HERE_DOCUMENT
|Q_DOUBLE_QUOTES
))
8415 mflags
|= MATCH_QUOTED
;
8418 mflags
|= MATCH_STARSUB
;
8420 if (pflags
& PF_ASSIGNRHS
)
8421 mflags
|= MATCH_ASSIGNRHS
;
8423 /* If the pattern starts with a `/', make sure we skip over it when looking
8424 for the replacement delimiter. */
8425 delim
= skip_to_delim (lpatsub
, ((*patsub
== '/') ? 1 : 0), "/", 0);
8426 if (lpatsub
[delim
] == '/')
8429 rep
= lpatsub
+ delim
+ 1;
8434 if (rep
&& *rep
== '\0')
8437 /* Perform the same expansions on the pattern as performed by the
8438 pattern removal expansions. */
8439 pat
= getpattern (lpatsub
, quoted
, 1);
8443 /* We want to perform quote removal on the expanded replacement even if
8444 the entire expansion is double-quoted because the parser and string
8445 extraction functions treated quotes in the replacement string as
8446 special. THIS IS NOT BACKWARDS COMPATIBLE WITH BASH-4.2. */
8447 if (shell_compatibility_level
> 42)
8448 rep
= expand_string_if_necessary (rep
, quoted
& ~(Q_DOUBLE_QUOTES
|Q_HERE_DOCUMENT
), expand_string_unsplit
);
8449 /* This is the bash-4.2 code. */
8450 else if ((mflags
& MATCH_QUOTED
) == 0)
8451 rep
= expand_string_if_necessary (rep
, quoted
, expand_string_unsplit
);
8453 rep
= expand_string_to_string_internal (rep
, quoted
, expand_string_unsplit
);
8456 /* ksh93 doesn't allow the match specifier to be a part of the expanded
8457 pattern. This is an extension. Make sure we don't anchor the pattern
8458 at the beginning or end of the string if we're doing global replacement,
8461 if (mflags
& MATCH_GLOBREP
)
8462 mflags
|= MATCH_ANY
;
8463 else if (pat
&& pat
[0] == '#')
8465 mflags
|= MATCH_BEG
;
8468 else if (pat
&& pat
[0] == '%')
8470 mflags
|= MATCH_END
;
8474 mflags
|= MATCH_ANY
;
8476 /* OK, we now want to substitute REP for PAT in VAL. If
8477 flags & MATCH_GLOBREP is non-zero, the substitution is done
8478 everywhere, otherwise only the first occurrence of PAT is
8479 replaced. The pattern matching code doesn't understand
8480 CTLESC quoting CTLESC and CTLNUL so we use the dequoted variable
8481 values passed in (VT_VARIABLE) so the pattern substitution
8482 code works right. We need to requote special chars after
8483 we're done for VT_VARIABLE and VT_ARRAYMEMBER, and for the
8484 other cases if QUOTED == 0, since the posparams and arrays
8485 indexed by * or @ do special things when QUOTED != 0. */
8490 case VT_ARRAYMEMBER
:
8491 temp
= pat_subst (val
, p
, rep
, mflags
);
8492 if (vtype
== VT_VARIABLE
)
8496 tt
= (mflags
& MATCH_QUOTED
) ? quote_string (temp
) : quote_escapes (temp
);
8502 /* This does the right thing for the case where we are not performing
8503 word splitting. MATCH_STARSUB restricts it to ${* /foo/bar}, and
8504 pos_params_pat_subst/string_list_pos_params will do the right thing
8505 in turn for the case where ifs_is_null. Posix interp 888 */
8506 if ((pflags
& PF_NOSPLIT2
) && (mflags
& MATCH_STARSUB
))
8507 mflags
|= MATCH_ASSIGNRHS
;
8508 temp
= pos_params_pat_subst (val
, p
, rep
, mflags
);
8509 if (temp
&& quoted
== 0 && ifs_is_null
)
8511 /* Posix interp 888 */
8513 else if (temp
&& quoted
== 0 && (pflags
& PF_ASSIGNRHS
))
8515 /* Posix interp 888 */
8517 else if (temp
&& (mflags
& MATCH_QUOTED
) == 0)
8519 tt
= quote_escapes (temp
);
8524 #if defined (ARRAY_VARS)
8526 /* If we are expanding in a context where word splitting will not be
8527 performed, treat as quoted. This changes how ${A[*]} will be
8528 expanded to make it identical to $*. */
8529 if ((mflags
& MATCH_STARSUB
) && (mflags
& MATCH_ASSIGNRHS
) && ifs_is_null
)
8530 mflags
|= MATCH_QUOTED
; /* Posix interp 888 */
8532 /* these eventually call string_list_pos_params */
8534 temp
= assoc_patsub (assoc_cell (v
), p
, rep
, mflags
);
8536 temp
= array_patsub (array_cell (v
), p
, rep
, mflags
);
8538 if (temp
&& quoted
== 0 && ifs_is_null
)
8540 /* Posix interp 888 */
8542 else if (temp
&& (mflags
& MATCH_QUOTED
) == 0)
8544 tt
= quote_escapes (temp
);
8556 this_command_name
= oname
;
8561 /****************************************************************/
8563 /* Functions to perform case modification on variable values */
8565 /****************************************************************/
8567 /* Do case modification on the positional parameters. */
8570 pos_params_modcase (string
, pat
, modop
, mflags
)
8575 WORD_LIST
*save
, *params
;
8578 int pchar
, qflags
, pflags
;
8580 save
= params
= list_rest_of_args ();
8582 return ((char *)NULL
);
8584 for ( ; params
; params
= params
->next
)
8586 ret
= sh_modcase (params
->word
->word
, pat
, modop
);
8587 w
= alloc_word_desc ();
8588 w
->word
= ret
? ret
: savestring ("");
8589 dispose_word (params
->word
);
8593 pchar
= (mflags
& MATCH_STARSUB
) == MATCH_STARSUB
? '*' : '@';
8594 qflags
= (mflags
& MATCH_QUOTED
) == MATCH_QUOTED
? Q_DOUBLE_QUOTES
: 0;
8595 pflags
= (mflags
& MATCH_ASSIGNRHS
) == MATCH_ASSIGNRHS
? PF_ASSIGNRHS
: 0;
8597 /* If we are expanding in a context where word splitting will not be
8598 performed, treat as quoted. This changes how $* will be expanded. */
8599 if (pchar
== '*' && (mflags
& MATCH_ASSIGNRHS
) && ifs_is_null
)
8600 qflags
|= Q_DOUBLE_QUOTES
; /* Posix interp 888 */
8602 ret
= string_list_pos_params (pchar
, save
, qflags
, pflags
);
8603 dispose_words (save
);
8608 /* Perform case modification on VALUE, which is the expansion of
8609 VARNAME. MODSPEC is an expression supplying the type of modification
8610 to perform. QUOTED is a flags word containing the type of quoting
8611 currently in effect. */
8613 parameter_brace_casemod (varname
, value
, ind
, modspec
, patspec
, quoted
, pflags
, flags
)
8614 char *varname
, *value
;
8617 int quoted
, pflags
, flags
;
8619 int vtype
, starsub
, modop
, mflags
, x
;
8620 char *val
, *temp
, *pat
, *p
, *lpat
, *tt
, *oname
;
8624 return ((char *)NULL
);
8626 oname
= this_command_name
;
8627 this_command_name
= varname
;
8629 vtype
= get_var_and_type (varname
, value
, ind
, quoted
, flags
, &v
, &val
);
8632 this_command_name
= oname
;
8633 return ((char *)NULL
);
8636 starsub
= vtype
& VT_STARSUB
;
8637 vtype
&= ~VT_STARSUB
;
8641 if (quoted
& (Q_HERE_DOCUMENT
|Q_DOUBLE_QUOTES
))
8642 mflags
|= MATCH_QUOTED
;
8644 mflags
|= MATCH_STARSUB
;
8645 if (pflags
& PF_ASSIGNRHS
)
8646 mflags
|= MATCH_ASSIGNRHS
;
8651 x
= p
&& p
[0] == modspec
;
8652 modop
= x
? CASE_UPPER
: CASE_UPFIRST
;
8655 else if (modspec
== ',')
8657 x
= p
&& p
[0] == modspec
;
8658 modop
= x
? CASE_LOWER
: CASE_LOWFIRST
;
8661 else if (modspec
== '~')
8663 x
= p
&& p
[0] == modspec
;
8664 modop
= x
? CASE_TOGGLEALL
: CASE_TOGGLE
;
8668 lpat
= p
? savestring (p
) : 0;
8669 /* Perform the same expansions on the pattern as performed by the
8670 pattern removal expansions. */
8671 pat
= lpat
? getpattern (lpat
, quoted
, 1) : 0;
8673 /* OK, now we do the case modification. */
8677 case VT_ARRAYMEMBER
:
8678 temp
= sh_modcase (val
, pat
, modop
);
8679 if (vtype
== VT_VARIABLE
)
8683 tt
= (mflags
& MATCH_QUOTED
) ? quote_string (temp
) : quote_escapes (temp
);
8690 temp
= pos_params_modcase (val
, pat
, modop
, mflags
);
8691 if (temp
&& quoted
== 0 && ifs_is_null
)
8693 /* Posix interp 888 */
8695 else if (temp
&& (mflags
& MATCH_QUOTED
) == 0)
8697 tt
= quote_escapes (temp
);
8703 #if defined (ARRAY_VARS)
8705 /* If we are expanding in a context where word splitting will not be
8706 performed, treat as quoted. This changes how ${A[*]} will be
8707 expanded to make it identical to $*. */
8708 if ((mflags
& MATCH_STARSUB
) && (mflags
& MATCH_ASSIGNRHS
) && ifs_is_null
)
8709 mflags
|= MATCH_QUOTED
; /* Posix interp 888 */
8711 temp
= assoc_p (v
) ? assoc_modcase (assoc_cell (v
), pat
, modop
, mflags
)
8712 : array_modcase (array_cell (v
), pat
, modop
, mflags
);
8714 if (temp
&& quoted
== 0 && ifs_is_null
)
8716 /* Posix interp 888 */
8718 else if (temp
&& (mflags
& MATCH_QUOTED
) == 0)
8720 tt
= quote_escapes (temp
);
8732 this_command_name
= oname
;
8737 /* Check for unbalanced parens in S, which is the contents of $(( ... )). If
8738 any occur, this must be a nested command substitution, so return 0.
8739 Otherwise, return 1. A valid arithmetic expression must always have a
8740 ( before a matching ), so any cases where there are more right parens
8741 means that this must not be an arithmetic expression, though the parser
8742 will not accept it without a balanced total number of parens. */
8744 chk_arithsub (s
, len
)
8756 else if (s
[i
] == RPAREN
)
8766 ADVANCE_CHAR (s
, len
, i
);
8772 ADVANCE_CHAR (s
, len
, i
);
8776 i
= skip_single_quoted (s
, len
, ++i
, 0);
8780 i
= skip_double_quoted ((char *)s
, len
, ++i
, 0);
8785 return (count
== 0);
8788 /****************************************************************/
8790 /* Functions to perform parameter expansion on a string */
8792 /****************************************************************/
8794 /* ${[#][!]name[[:][^[^]][,[,]]#[#]%[%]-=?+[word][:e1[:e2]]]} */
8796 parameter_brace_expand (string
, indexp
, quoted
, pflags
, quoted_dollar_atp
, contains_dollar_at
)
8798 int *indexp
, quoted
, pflags
, *quoted_dollar_atp
, *contains_dollar_at
;
8800 int check_nullness
, var_is_set
, var_is_null
, var_is_special
;
8801 int want_substring
, want_indir
, want_patsub
, want_casemod
, want_attributes
;
8802 char *name
, *value
, *temp
, *temp1
;
8803 WORD_DESC
*tdesc
, *ret
;
8804 int t_index
, sindex
, c
, tflag
, modspec
, local_pflags
, all_element_arrayref
;
8808 temp
= temp1
= value
= (char *)NULL
;
8809 var_is_set
= var_is_null
= var_is_special
= check_nullness
= 0;
8810 want_substring
= want_indir
= want_patsub
= want_casemod
= want_attributes
= 0;
8813 all_element_arrayref
= 0;
8817 /* ${#var} doesn't have any of the other parameter expansions on it. */
8818 if (string
[t_index
] == '#' && legal_variable_starter (string
[t_index
+1])) /* {{ */
8819 name
= string_extract (string
, &t_index
, "}", SX_VARNAME
);
8821 #if defined (CASEMOD_EXPANSIONS)
8822 /* To enable case-toggling expansions using the `~' operator character
8823 define CASEMOD_TOGGLECASE in config-top.h */
8824 # if defined (CASEMOD_TOGGLECASE)
8825 name
= string_extract (string
, &t_index
, "#%^,~:-=?+/@}", SX_VARNAME
);
8827 name
= string_extract (string
, &t_index
, "#%^,:-=?+/@}", SX_VARNAME
);
8828 # endif /* CASEMOD_TOGGLECASE */
8830 name
= string_extract (string
, &t_index
, "#%:-=?+/@}", SX_VARNAME
);
8831 #endif /* CASEMOD_EXPANSIONS */
8833 /* Handle ${@[stuff]} now that @ is a word expansion operator. Not exactly
8834 the cleanest code ever. */
8835 if (*name
== 0 && sindex
== t_index
&& string
[sindex
] == '@')
8837 name
= (char *)xrealloc (name
, 2);
8842 else if (*name
== '!' && t_index
> sindex
&& string
[t_index
] == '@' && string
[t_index
+1] == RBRACE
)
8844 name
= (char *)xrealloc (name
, t_index
- sindex
+ 2);
8845 name
[t_index
- sindex
] = '@';
8846 name
[t_index
- sindex
+ 1] = '\0';
8855 /* If the name really consists of a special variable, then make sure
8856 that we have the entire name. We don't allow indirect references
8857 to special variables except `#', `?', `@' and `*'. This clause is
8858 designed to handle ${#SPECIAL} and ${!SPECIAL}, not anything more
8860 if ((sindex
== t_index
&& VALID_SPECIAL_LENGTH_PARAM (string
[t_index
])) ||
8861 (sindex
== t_index
&& string
[sindex
] == '#' && VALID_SPECIAL_LENGTH_PARAM (string
[sindex
+ 1])) ||
8862 (sindex
== t_index
- 1 && string
[sindex
] == '!' && VALID_INDIR_PARAM (string
[t_index
])))
8865 temp1
= string_extract (string
, &t_index
, "#%:-=?+/@}", 0);
8866 name
= (char *)xrealloc (name
, 3 + (strlen (temp1
)));
8867 *name
= string
[sindex
];
8868 if (string
[sindex
] == '!')
8870 /* indirect reference of $#, $?, $@, or $* */
8871 name
[1] = string
[sindex
+ 1];
8872 strcpy (name
+ 2, temp1
);
8875 strcpy (name
+ 1, temp1
);
8880 /* Find out what character ended the variable name. Then
8881 do the appropriate thing. */
8882 if (c
= string
[sindex
])
8885 /* If c is followed by one of the valid parameter expansion
8886 characters, move past it as normal. If not, assume that
8887 a substring specification is being given, and do not move
8889 if (c
== ':' && VALID_PARAM_EXPAND_CHAR (string
[sindex
]))
8892 if (c
= string
[sindex
])
8895 else if (c
== ':' && string
[sindex
] != RBRACE
)
8897 else if (c
== '/' /* && string[sindex] != RBRACE */) /* XXX */
8899 #if defined (CASEMOD_EXPANSIONS)
8900 else if (c
== '^' || c
== ',' || c
== '~')
8906 else if (c
== '@' && (string
[sindex
] == 'a' || string
[sindex
] == 'A') && string
[sindex
+1] == RBRACE
)
8908 /* special case because we do not want to shortcut foo as foo[0] here */
8909 want_attributes
= 1;
8910 local_pflags
|= PF_ALLINDS
;
8913 /* Catch the valid and invalid brace expressions that made it through the
8915 /* ${#-} is a valid expansion and means to take the length of $-.
8916 Similarly for ${#?} and ${##}... */
8917 if (name
[0] == '#' && name
[1] == '\0' && check_nullness
== 0 &&
8918 VALID_SPECIAL_LENGTH_PARAM (c
) && string
[sindex
] == RBRACE
)
8920 name
= (char *)xrealloc (name
, 3);
8923 c
= string
[sindex
++];
8926 /* ...but ${#%}, ${#:}, ${#=}, ${#+}, and ${#/} are errors. */
8927 if (name
[0] == '#' && name
[1] == '\0' && check_nullness
== 0 &&
8928 member (c
, "%:=+/") && string
[sindex
] == RBRACE
)
8930 temp
= (char *)NULL
;
8931 goto bad_substitution
; /* XXX - substitution error */
8934 /* Indirect expansion begins with a `!'. A valid indirect expansion is
8935 either a variable name, one of the positional parameters or a special
8936 variable that expands to one of the positional parameters. */
8937 want_indir
= *name
== '!' &&
8938 (legal_variable_starter ((unsigned char)name
[1]) || DIGIT (name
[1])
8939 || VALID_INDIR_PARAM (name
[1]));
8941 /* Determine the value of this variable whose name is NAME. */
8943 /* Check for special variables, directly referenced. */
8944 if (SPECIAL_VAR (name
, want_indir
))
8947 /* Check for special expansion things, like the length of a parameter */
8948 if (*name
== '#' && name
[1])
8950 /* If we are not pointing at the character just after the
8951 closing brace, then we haven't gotten all of the name.
8952 Since it begins with a special character, this is a bad
8953 substitution. Also check NAME for validity before trying
8955 if (string
[sindex
- 1] != RBRACE
|| (valid_length_expression (name
) == 0))
8957 temp
= (char *)NULL
;
8958 goto bad_substitution
; /* substitution error */
8961 number
= parameter_brace_expand_length (name
);
8962 if (number
== INTMAX_MIN
&& unbound_vars_is_error
)
8964 set_exit_status (EXECUTION_FAILURE
);
8965 err_unboundvar (name
+1);
8967 return (interactive_shell
? &expand_wdesc_error
: &expand_wdesc_fatal
);
8973 return (&expand_wdesc_error
);
8976 ret
= alloc_word_desc ();
8977 ret
->word
= itos (number
);
8982 /* ${@} is identical to $@. */
8983 if (name
[0] == '@' && name
[1] == '\0')
8985 if ((quoted
& (Q_HERE_DOCUMENT
|Q_DOUBLE_QUOTES
)) && quoted_dollar_atp
)
8986 *quoted_dollar_atp
= 1;
8988 if (contains_dollar_at
)
8989 *contains_dollar_at
= 1;
8991 tflag
|= W_DOLLARAT
;
8994 /* Process ${!PREFIX*} expansion. */
8995 if (want_indir
&& string
[sindex
- 1] == RBRACE
&&
8996 (string
[sindex
- 2] == '*' || string
[sindex
- 2] == '@') &&
8997 legal_variable_starter ((unsigned char) name
[1]))
9002 temp1
= savestring (name
+ 1);
9003 number
= strlen (temp1
);
9004 temp1
[number
- 1] = '\0';
9005 x
= all_variables_matching_prefix (temp1
);
9006 xlist
= strvec_to_word_list (x
, 0, 0);
9007 if (string
[sindex
- 2] == '*')
9008 temp
= string_list_dollar_star (xlist
, quoted
, 0);
9011 temp
= string_list_dollar_at (xlist
, quoted
, 0);
9012 if ((quoted
& (Q_HERE_DOCUMENT
|Q_DOUBLE_QUOTES
)) && quoted_dollar_atp
)
9013 *quoted_dollar_atp
= 1;
9014 if (contains_dollar_at
)
9015 *contains_dollar_at
= 1;
9017 tflag
|= W_DOLLARAT
;
9020 dispose_words (xlist
);
9026 ret
= alloc_word_desc ();
9028 ret
->flags
= tflag
; /* XXX */
9032 #if defined (ARRAY_VARS)
9033 /* Process ${!ARRAY[@]} and ${!ARRAY[*]} expansion. */
9034 if (want_indir
&& string
[sindex
- 1] == RBRACE
&&
9035 string
[sindex
- 2] == RBRACK
&& valid_array_reference (name
+1, 0))
9039 temp1
= savestring (name
+ 1);
9040 x
= array_variable_name (temp1
, 0, &x1
, (int *)0);
9042 if (ALL_ELEMENT_SUB (x1
[0]) && x1
[1] == RBRACK
)
9044 temp
= array_keys (temp1
, quoted
, pflags
); /* handles assoc vars too */
9047 if ((quoted
& (Q_HERE_DOCUMENT
|Q_DOUBLE_QUOTES
)) && quoted_dollar_atp
)
9048 *quoted_dollar_atp
= 1;
9049 if (contains_dollar_at
)
9050 *contains_dollar_at
= 1;
9052 tflag
|= W_DOLLARAT
;
9059 ret
= alloc_word_desc ();
9061 ret
->flags
= tflag
; /* XXX */
9067 #endif /* ARRAY_VARS */
9069 /* Make sure that NAME is valid before trying to go on. */
9070 if (valid_brace_expansion_word (want_indir
? name
+ 1 : name
,
9071 var_is_special
) == 0)
9073 temp
= (char *)NULL
;
9074 goto bad_substitution
; /* substitution error */
9079 tdesc
= parameter_brace_expand_indir (name
+ 1, var_is_special
, quoted
, pflags
|local_pflags
, quoted_dollar_atp
, contains_dollar_at
);
9080 if (tdesc
== &expand_wdesc_error
|| tdesc
== &expand_wdesc_fatal
)
9082 temp
= (char *)NULL
;
9083 goto bad_substitution
;
9086 /* Turn off the W_ARRAYIND flag because there is no way for this function
9087 to return the index we're supposed to be using. */
9088 if (tdesc
&& tdesc
->flags
)
9089 tdesc
->flags
&= ~W_ARRAYIND
;
9093 local_pflags
|= PF_IGNUNBOUND
|(pflags
&(PF_NOSPLIT2
|PF_ASSIGNRHS
));
9094 tdesc
= parameter_brace_expand_word (name
, var_is_special
, quoted
, local_pflags
, &ind
);
9097 if (tdesc
== &expand_wdesc_error
|| tdesc
== &expand_wdesc_fatal
)
9106 tflag
= tdesc
->flags
;
9107 dispose_word_desc (tdesc
);
9112 if (temp
== &expand_param_error
|| temp
== &expand_param_fatal
)
9116 return (temp
== &expand_param_error
? &expand_wdesc_error
: &expand_wdesc_fatal
);
9119 #if defined (ARRAY_VARS)
9120 if (valid_array_reference (name
, 0))
9126 /* If in a context where word splitting will not take place, treat as
9127 if double-quoted. Has effects with $* and ${array[*]} */
9129 if (pflags
& PF_ASSIGNRHS
)
9130 qflags
|= Q_DOUBLE_QUOTES
;
9131 /* We duplicate a little code here */
9132 t
= mbschr (name
, LBRACK
);
9133 if (t
&& ALL_ELEMENT_SUB (t
[1]) && t
[2] == RBRACK
)
9135 all_element_arrayref
= 1;
9136 if (expand_no_split_dollar_star
&& t
[1] == '*') /* XXX */
9137 qflags
|= Q_DOUBLE_QUOTES
;
9139 chk_atstar (name
, qflags
, pflags
, quoted_dollar_atp
, contains_dollar_at
);
9143 var_is_set
= temp
!= (char *)0;
9144 var_is_null
= check_nullness
&& (var_is_set
== 0 || *temp
== 0);
9145 /* XXX - this may not need to be restricted to special variables */
9147 var_is_null
|= var_is_set
&& var_is_special
&& (quoted
& (Q_HERE_DOCUMENT
|Q_DOUBLE_QUOTES
)) && QUOTED_NULL (temp
);
9148 #if defined (ARRAY_VARS)
9150 var_is_null
|= var_is_set
&&
9151 (quoted
& (Q_HERE_DOCUMENT
|Q_DOUBLE_QUOTES
)) &&
9152 QUOTED_NULL (temp
) &&
9153 valid_array_reference (name
, 0) &&
9154 chk_atstar (name
, 0, 0, (int *)0, (int *)0);
9157 /* Get the rest of the stuff inside the braces. */
9158 if (c
&& c
!= RBRACE
)
9160 /* Extract the contents of the ${ ... } expansion
9161 according to the Posix.2 rules. */
9162 value
= extract_dollar_brace_string (string
, &sindex
, quoted
, (c
== '%' || c
== '#' || c
=='/' || c
== '^' || c
== ',' || c
==':') ? SX_POSIXEXP
|SX_WORD
: SX_WORD
);
9163 if (string
[sindex
] == RBRACE
)
9166 goto bad_substitution
; /* substitution error */
9169 value
= (char *)NULL
;
9173 /* All the cases where an expansion can possibly generate an unbound
9175 if (want_substring
|| want_patsub
|| want_casemod
|| c
== '@' || c
== '#' || c
== '%' || c
== RBRACE
)
9177 if (var_is_set
== 0 && unbound_vars_is_error
&& ((name
[0] != '@' && name
[0] != '*') || name
[1]) && all_element_arrayref
== 0)
9179 set_exit_status (EXECUTION_FAILURE
);
9180 err_unboundvar (name
);
9184 return (interactive_shell
? &expand_wdesc_error
: &expand_wdesc_fatal
);
9188 /* If this is a substring spec, process it and add the result. */
9191 temp1
= parameter_brace_substring (name
, temp
, ind
, value
, quoted
, pflags
, (tflag
& W_ARRAYIND
) ? AV_USEIND
: 0);
9195 if (temp1
== &expand_param_error
|| temp1
== &expand_param_fatal
)
9198 return (temp1
== &expand_param_error
? &expand_wdesc_error
: &expand_wdesc_fatal
);
9201 ret
= alloc_word_desc ();
9203 /* We test quoted_dollar_atp because we want variants with double-quoted
9204 "$@" to take a different code path. In fact, we make sure at the end
9205 of expand_word_internal that we're only looking at these flags if
9206 quoted_dollar_at == 0. */
9208 (quoted_dollar_atp
== 0 || *quoted_dollar_atp
== 0) &&
9209 QUOTED_NULL (temp1
) && (quoted
& (Q_HERE_DOCUMENT
|Q_DOUBLE_QUOTES
)))
9210 ret
->flags
|= W_QUOTED
|W_HASQUOTEDNULL
;
9211 else if (temp1
&& (name
[0] == '*' && name
[1] == 0) && quoted
== 0 &&
9212 (pflags
& PF_ASSIGNRHS
))
9213 ret
->flags
|= W_SPLITSPACE
; /* Posix interp 888 */
9214 /* Special handling for $* when unquoted and $IFS is null. Posix interp 888 */
9215 else if (temp1
&& (name
[0] == '*' && name
[1] == 0) && quoted
== 0 && ifs_is_null
)
9216 ret
->flags
|= W_SPLITSPACE
; /* Posix interp 888 */
9221 else if (want_patsub
)
9223 temp1
= parameter_brace_patsub (name
, temp
, ind
, value
, quoted
, pflags
, (tflag
& W_ARRAYIND
) ? AV_USEIND
: 0);
9227 if (temp1
== &expand_param_error
|| temp1
== &expand_param_fatal
)
9230 return (temp1
== &expand_param_error
? &expand_wdesc_error
: &expand_wdesc_fatal
);
9233 ret
= alloc_word_desc ();
9236 (quoted_dollar_atp
== 0 || *quoted_dollar_atp
== 0) &&
9237 QUOTED_NULL (temp1
) && (quoted
& (Q_HERE_DOCUMENT
|Q_DOUBLE_QUOTES
)))
9238 ret
->flags
|= W_QUOTED
|W_HASQUOTEDNULL
;
9239 /* Special handling for $* when unquoted and $IFS is null. Posix interp 888 */
9240 else if (temp1
&& (name
[0] == '*' && name
[1] == 0) && quoted
== 0 && ifs_is_null
)
9241 ret
->flags
|= W_SPLITSPACE
; /* Posix interp 888 */
9246 #if defined (CASEMOD_EXPANSIONS)
9247 else if (want_casemod
)
9249 temp1
= parameter_brace_casemod (name
, temp
, ind
, modspec
, value
, quoted
, pflags
, (tflag
& W_ARRAYIND
) ? AV_USEIND
: 0);
9253 if (temp1
== &expand_param_error
|| temp1
== &expand_param_fatal
)
9256 return (temp1
== &expand_param_error
? &expand_wdesc_error
: &expand_wdesc_fatal
);
9259 ret
= alloc_word_desc ();
9262 (quoted_dollar_atp
== 0 || *quoted_dollar_atp
== 0) &&
9263 QUOTED_NULL (temp1
) && (quoted
& (Q_HERE_DOCUMENT
|Q_DOUBLE_QUOTES
)))
9264 ret
->flags
|= W_QUOTED
|W_HASQUOTEDNULL
;
9265 /* Special handling for $* when unquoted and $IFS is null. Posix interp 888 */
9266 else if (temp1
&& (name
[0] == '*' && name
[1] == 0) && quoted
== 0 && ifs_is_null
)
9267 ret
->flags
|= W_SPLITSPACE
; /* Posix interp 888 */
9274 /* Do the right thing based on which character ended the variable name. */
9280 set_exit_status (EXECUTION_FAILURE
);
9281 report_error (_("%s: bad substitution"), string
? string
: "??");
9285 if (shell_compatibility_level
<= 43)
9286 return &expand_wdesc_error
;
9288 return ((posixly_correct
&& interactive_shell
== 0) ? &expand_wdesc_fatal
: &expand_wdesc_error
);
9294 temp1
= parameter_brace_transform (name
, temp
, ind
, value
, c
, quoted
, pflags
, (tflag
& W_ARRAYIND
) ? AV_USEIND
: 0);
9298 if (temp1
== &expand_param_error
|| temp1
== &expand_param_fatal
)
9301 set_exit_status (EXECUTION_FAILURE
);
9302 report_error (_("%s: bad substitution"), string
? string
: "??");
9303 return (temp1
== &expand_param_error
? &expand_wdesc_error
: &expand_wdesc_fatal
);
9306 ret
= alloc_word_desc ();
9308 if (temp1
&& QUOTED_NULL (temp1
) && (quoted
& (Q_HERE_DOCUMENT
|Q_DOUBLE_QUOTES
)))
9309 ret
->flags
|= W_QUOTED
|W_HASQUOTEDNULL
;
9310 /* Special handling for $* when unquoted and $IFS is null. Posix interp 888 */
9311 else if (temp1
&& (name
[0] == '*' && name
[1] == 0) && quoted
== 0 && ifs_is_null
)
9312 ret
->flags
|= W_SPLITSPACE
; /* Posix interp 888 */
9317 case '#': /* ${param#[#]pattern} */
9318 case '%': /* ${param%[%]pattern} */
9319 if (value
== 0 || *value
== '\0' || temp
== 0 || *temp
== '\0')
9324 temp1
= parameter_brace_remove_pattern (name
, temp
, ind
, value
, c
, quoted
, (tflag
& W_ARRAYIND
) ? AV_USEIND
: 0);
9328 ret
= alloc_word_desc ();
9330 if (temp1
&& QUOTED_NULL (temp1
) && (quoted
& (Q_HERE_DOCUMENT
|Q_DOUBLE_QUOTES
)))
9331 ret
->flags
|= W_QUOTED
|W_HASQUOTEDNULL
;
9332 /* Special handling for $* when unquoted and $IFS is null. Posix interp 888 */
9333 else if (temp1
&& (name
[0] == '*' && name
[1] == 0) && quoted
== 0 && ifs_is_null
)
9334 ret
->flags
|= W_SPLITSPACE
; /* Posix interp 888 */
9343 if (var_is_set
&& var_is_null
== 0)
9345 /* If the operator is `+', we don't want the value of the named
9346 variable for anything, just the value of the right hand side. */
9349 /* XXX -- if we're double-quoted and the named variable is "$@",
9350 we want to turn off any special handling of "$@" --
9351 we're not using it, so whatever is on the rhs applies. */
9352 if ((quoted
& (Q_HERE_DOCUMENT
|Q_DOUBLE_QUOTES
)) && quoted_dollar_atp
)
9353 *quoted_dollar_atp
= 0;
9354 if (contains_dollar_at
)
9355 *contains_dollar_at
= 0;
9360 /* From Posix discussion on austin-group list. Issue 221
9361 requires that backslashes escaping `}' inside
9362 double-quoted ${...} be removed. */
9363 if (quoted
& (Q_HERE_DOCUMENT
|Q_DOUBLE_QUOTES
))
9364 quoted
|= Q_DOLBRACE
;
9365 ret
= parameter_brace_expand_rhs (name
, value
, c
,
9369 contains_dollar_at
);
9370 /* XXX - fix up later, esp. noting presence of
9371 W_HASQUOTEDNULL in ret->flags */
9375 temp
= (char *)NULL
;
9381 /* Otherwise do nothing; just use the value in TEMP. */
9383 else /* VAR not set or VAR is NULL. */
9386 temp
= (char *)NULL
;
9387 if (c
== '=' && var_is_special
)
9389 set_exit_status (EXECUTION_FAILURE
);
9390 report_error (_("$%s: cannot assign in this way"), name
);
9393 return &expand_wdesc_error
;
9397 parameter_brace_expand_error (name
, value
, check_nullness
);
9398 return (interactive_shell
? &expand_wdesc_error
: &expand_wdesc_fatal
);
9402 /* XXX -- if we're double-quoted and the named variable is "$@",
9403 we want to turn off any special handling of "$@" --
9404 we're not using it, so whatever is on the rhs applies. */
9405 if ((quoted
& (Q_HERE_DOCUMENT
|Q_DOUBLE_QUOTES
)) && quoted_dollar_atp
)
9406 *quoted_dollar_atp
= 0;
9407 if (contains_dollar_at
)
9408 *contains_dollar_at
= 0;
9410 /* From Posix discussion on austin-group list. Issue 221 requires
9411 that backslashes escaping `}' inside double-quoted ${...} be
9413 if (quoted
& (Q_HERE_DOCUMENT
|Q_DOUBLE_QUOTES
))
9414 quoted
|= Q_DOLBRACE
;
9415 ret
= parameter_brace_expand_rhs (name
, value
, c
, quoted
, pflags
,
9417 contains_dollar_at
);
9418 /* XXX - fix up later, esp. noting presence of
9419 W_HASQUOTEDNULL in tdesc->flags */
9430 ret
= alloc_word_desc ();
9437 /* Expand a single ${xxx} expansion. The braces are optional. When
9438 the braces are used, parameter_brace_expand() does the work,
9439 possibly calling param_expand recursively. */
9441 param_expand (string
, sindex
, quoted
, expanded_something
,
9442 contains_dollar_at
, quoted_dollar_at_p
, had_quoted_null_p
,
9445 int *sindex
, quoted
, *expanded_something
, *contains_dollar_at
;
9446 int *quoted_dollar_at_p
, *had_quoted_null_p
, pflags
;
9448 char *temp
, *temp1
, uerror
[3], *savecmd
;
9449 int zindex
, t_index
, expok
;
9453 WORD_LIST
*list
, *l
;
9454 WORD_DESC
*tdesc
, *ret
;
9457 /*itrace("param_expand: `%s' pflags = %d", string+*sindex, pflags);*/
9459 c
= string
[++zindex
];
9461 temp
= (char *)NULL
;
9462 ret
= tdesc
= (WORD_DESC
*)NULL
;
9465 /* Do simple cases first. Switch on what follows '$'. */
9479 temp1
= dollar_vars
[TODIGIT (c
)];
9480 /* This doesn't get called when (pflags&PF_IGNUNBOUND) != 0 */
9481 if (unbound_vars_is_error
&& temp1
== (char *)NULL
)
9486 set_exit_status (EXECUTION_FAILURE
);
9487 err_unboundvar (uerror
);
9488 return (interactive_shell
? &expand_wdesc_error
: &expand_wdesc_fatal
);
9491 temp
= (*temp1
&& (quoted
& (Q_HERE_DOCUMENT
|Q_DOUBLE_QUOTES
)))
9492 ? quote_string (temp1
)
9493 : quote_escapes (temp1
);
9495 temp
= (char *)NULL
;
9499 /* $$ -- pid of the invoking shell. */
9501 temp
= itos (dollar_dollar_pid
);
9504 /* $# -- number of positional parameters. */
9506 temp
= itos (number_of_args ());
9509 /* $? -- return value of the last synchronous command. */
9511 temp
= itos (last_command_exit_value
);
9514 /* $- -- flags supplied to the shell on invocation or by `set'. */
9516 temp
= which_set_flags ();
9519 /* $! -- Pid of the last asynchronous command. */
9521 /* If no asynchronous pids have been created, expand to nothing.
9522 If `set -u' has been executed, and no async processes have
9523 been created, this is an expansion error. */
9524 if (last_asynchronous_pid
== NO_PID
)
9526 if (expanded_something
)
9527 *expanded_something
= 0;
9528 temp
= (char *)NULL
;
9529 if (unbound_vars_is_error
&& (pflags
& PF_IGNUNBOUND
) == 0)
9534 set_exit_status (EXECUTION_FAILURE
);
9535 err_unboundvar (uerror
);
9536 return (interactive_shell
? &expand_wdesc_error
: &expand_wdesc_fatal
);
9540 temp
= itos (last_asynchronous_pid
);
9543 /* The only difference between this and $@ is when the arg is quoted. */
9544 case '*': /* `$*' */
9545 list
= list_rest_of_args ();
9548 /* According to austin-group posix proposal by Geoff Clare in
9549 <20090505091501.GA10097@squonk.masqnet> of 5 May 2009:
9551 "The shell shall write a message to standard error and
9552 immediately exit when it tries to expand an unset parameter
9553 other than the '@' and '*' special parameters."
9556 if (list
== 0 && unbound_vars_is_error
&& (pflags
& PF_IGNUNBOUND
) == 0)
9561 set_exit_status (EXECUTION_FAILURE
);
9562 err_unboundvar (uerror
);
9563 return (interactive_shell
? &expand_wdesc_error
: &expand_wdesc_fatal
);
9567 /* If there are no command-line arguments, this should just
9568 disappear if there are other characters in the expansion,
9569 even if it's quoted. */
9570 if ((quoted
& (Q_HERE_DOCUMENT
|Q_DOUBLE_QUOTES
)) && list
== 0)
9571 temp
= (char *)NULL
;
9572 else if (quoted
& (Q_HERE_DOCUMENT
|Q_DOUBLE_QUOTES
|Q_PATQUOTE
))
9574 /* If we have "$*" we want to make a string of the positional
9575 parameters, separated by the first character of $IFS, and
9576 quote the whole string, including the separators. If IFS
9577 is unset, the parameters are separated by ' '; if $IFS is
9578 null, the parameters are concatenated. */
9579 temp
= (quoted
& (Q_DOUBLE_QUOTES
|Q_PATQUOTE
)) ? string_list_dollar_star (list
, quoted
, 0) : string_list (list
);
9582 temp1
= (quoted
& Q_DOUBLE_QUOTES
) ? quote_string (temp
) : temp
;
9584 tflag
|= W_HASQUOTEDNULL
;
9592 /* We check whether or not we're eventually going to split $* here,
9593 for example when IFS is empty and we are processing the rhs of
9594 an assignment statement. In that case, we don't separate the
9595 arguments at all. Otherwise, if the $* is not quoted it is
9597 if (expand_no_split_dollar_star
&& quoted
== 0 && ifs_is_set
== 0 && (pflags
& PF_ASSIGNRHS
))
9599 /* Posix interp 888: RHS of assignment, IFS unset: no splitting,
9600 separate with space */
9601 temp1
= string_list_dollar_star (list
, quoted
, pflags
);
9602 temp
= temp1
? quote_string (temp1
) : temp1
;
9603 /* XXX - tentative - note that we saw a quoted null here */
9604 if (temp1
&& *temp1
== 0 && QUOTED_NULL (temp
))
9605 tflag
|= W_SAWQUOTEDNULL
;
9608 else if (expand_no_split_dollar_star
&& quoted
== 0 && ifs_is_null
&& (pflags
& PF_ASSIGNRHS
))
9610 /* Posix interp 888: RHS of assignment, IFS set to '' */
9611 temp1
= string_list_dollar_star (list
, quoted
, pflags
);
9612 temp
= temp1
? quote_escapes (temp1
) : temp1
;
9615 else if (expand_no_split_dollar_star
&& quoted
== 0 && ifs_is_set
&& ifs_is_null
== 0 && (pflags
& PF_ASSIGNRHS
))
9617 /* Posix interp 888: RHS of assignment, IFS set to non-null value */
9618 temp1
= string_list_dollar_star (list
, quoted
, pflags
);
9619 temp
= temp1
? quote_string (temp1
) : temp1
;
9621 /* XXX - tentative - note that we saw a quoted null here */
9622 if (temp1
&& *temp1
== 0 && QUOTED_NULL (temp
))
9623 tflag
|= W_SAWQUOTEDNULL
;
9626 /* XXX - should we check ifs_is_set here as well? */
9627 # if defined (HANDLE_MULTIBYTE)
9628 else if (expand_no_split_dollar_star
&& ifs_firstc
[0] == 0)
9630 else if (expand_no_split_dollar_star
&& ifs_firstc
== 0)
9632 /* Posix interp 888: not RHS, no splitting, IFS set to '' */
9633 temp
= string_list_dollar_star (list
, quoted
, 0);
9636 temp
= string_list_dollar_at (list
, quoted
, 0);
9637 /* Set W_SPLITSPACE to make sure the individual positional
9638 parameters are split into separate arguments */
9640 if (quoted
== 0 && (ifs_is_set
== 0 || ifs_is_null
))
9641 #else /* change with bash-5.0 */
9642 if (quoted
== 0 && ifs_is_null
)
9644 tflag
|= W_SPLITSPACE
;
9645 /* If we're not quoted but we still don't want word splitting, make
9646 we quote the IFS characters to protect them from splitting (e.g.,
9647 when $@ is in the string as well). */
9648 else if (temp
&& quoted
== 0 && ifs_is_set
&& (pflags
& PF_ASSIGNRHS
))
9650 temp1
= quote_string (temp
);
9656 if (expand_no_split_dollar_star
== 0 && contains_dollar_at
)
9657 *contains_dollar_at
= 1;
9660 dispose_words (list
);
9663 /* When we have "$@" what we want is "$1" "$2" "$3" ... This
9664 means that we have to turn quoting off after we split into
9665 the individually quoted arguments so that the final split
9666 on the first character of $IFS is still done. */
9667 case '@': /* `$@' */
9668 list
= list_rest_of_args ();
9671 /* According to austin-group posix proposal by Geoff Clare in
9672 <20090505091501.GA10097@squonk.masqnet> of 5 May 2009:
9674 "The shell shall write a message to standard error and
9675 immediately exit when it tries to expand an unset parameter
9676 other than the '@' and '*' special parameters."
9679 if (list
== 0 && unbound_vars_is_error
&& (pflags
& PF_IGNUNBOUND
) == 0)
9684 set_exit_status (EXECUTION_FAILURE
);
9685 err_unboundvar (uerror
);
9686 return (interactive_shell
? &expand_wdesc_error
: &expand_wdesc_fatal
);
9690 for (nullarg
= 0, l
= list
; l
; l
= l
->next
)
9692 if (l
->word
&& (l
->word
->word
== 0 || l
->word
->word
[0] == 0))
9696 /* We want to flag the fact that we saw this. We can't turn
9697 off quoting entirely, because other characters in the
9698 string might need it (consider "\"$@\""), but we need some
9699 way to signal that the final split on the first character
9700 of $IFS should be done, even though QUOTED is 1. */
9701 /* XXX - should this test include Q_PATQUOTE? */
9702 if (quoted_dollar_at_p
&& (quoted
& (Q_HERE_DOCUMENT
|Q_DOUBLE_QUOTES
)))
9703 *quoted_dollar_at_p
= 1;
9704 if (contains_dollar_at
)
9705 *contains_dollar_at
= 1;
9707 /* We want to separate the positional parameters with the first
9708 character of $IFS in case $IFS is something other than a space.
9709 We also want to make sure that splitting is done no matter what --
9710 according to POSIX.2, this expands to a list of the positional
9711 parameters no matter what IFS is set to. */
9712 /* XXX - what to do when in a context where word splitting is not
9713 performed? Even when IFS is not the default, posix seems to imply
9714 that we have to expand $@ to all the positional parameters and
9715 separate them with spaces, which are preserved because word splitting
9716 doesn't take place. See below for how we use PF_NOSPLIT2 here. */
9718 /* These are the cases where word splitting will not be performed. */
9719 if (pflags
& PF_ASSIGNRHS
)
9721 temp
= string_list_dollar_at (list
, (quoted
|Q_DOUBLE_QUOTES
), pflags
);
9723 tflag
|= W_HASQUOTEDNULL
; /* we know quoting produces quoted nulls */
9726 /* This needs to match what expand_word_internal does with non-quoted $@
9727 does with separating with spaces. Passing Q_DOUBLE_QUOTES means that
9728 the characters in LIST will be quoted, and PF_ASSIGNRHS ensures that
9729 they will separated by spaces. After doing this, we need the special
9730 handling for PF_NOSPLIT2 in expand_word_internal to remove the CTLESC
9732 else if (pflags
& PF_NOSPLIT2
)
9734 #if defined (HANDLE_MULTIBYTE)
9735 if (quoted
== 0 && ifs_is_set
&& ifs_is_null
== 0 && ifs_firstc
[0] != ' ')
9737 if (quoted
== 0 && ifs_is_set
&& ifs_is_null
== 0 && ifs_firstc
!= ' ')
9739 /* Posix interp 888 */
9740 temp
= string_list_dollar_at (list
, Q_DOUBLE_QUOTES
, pflags
);
9742 temp
= string_list_dollar_at (list
, quoted
, pflags
);
9745 temp
= string_list_dollar_at (list
, quoted
, pflags
);
9747 tflag
|= W_DOLLARAT
;
9748 dispose_words (list
);
9752 tdesc
= parameter_brace_expand (string
, &zindex
, quoted
, pflags
,
9754 contains_dollar_at
);
9756 if (tdesc
== &expand_wdesc_error
|| tdesc
== &expand_wdesc_fatal
)
9758 temp
= tdesc
? tdesc
->word
: (char *)0;
9761 /* Quoted nulls should be removed if there is anything else
9763 /* Note that we saw the quoted null so we can add one back at
9764 the end of this function if there are no other characters
9765 in the string, discard TEMP, and go on. The exception to
9766 this is when we have "${@}" and $1 is '', since $@ needs
9767 special handling. */
9768 if (tdesc
&& tdesc
->word
&& (tdesc
->flags
& W_HASQUOTEDNULL
) && QUOTED_NULL (temp
))
9770 if (had_quoted_null_p
)
9771 *had_quoted_null_p
= 1;
9772 if (*quoted_dollar_at_p
== 0)
9775 tdesc
->word
= temp
= (char *)NULL
;
9783 /* Do command or arithmetic substitution. */
9785 /* We have to extract the contents of this paren substitution. */
9786 t_index
= zindex
+ 1;
9787 /* XXX - might want to check for string[t_index+2] == LPAREN and parse
9788 as arithmetic substitution immediately. */
9789 temp
= extract_command_subst (string
, &t_index
, (pflags
&PF_COMPLETE
) ? SX_COMPLETE
: 0);
9792 /* For Posix.2-style `$(( ))' arithmetic substitution,
9793 extract the expression and pass it to the evaluator. */
9794 if (temp
&& *temp
== LPAREN
)
9798 temp2
= savestring (temp1
);
9799 t_index
= strlen (temp2
) - 1;
9801 if (temp2
[t_index
] != RPAREN
)
9807 /* Cut off ending `)' */
9808 temp2
[t_index
] = '\0';
9810 if (chk_arithsub (temp2
, t_index
) == 0)
9814 internal_warning (_("future versions of the shell will force evaluation as an arithmetic substitution"));
9819 /* Expand variables found inside the expression. */
9820 temp1
= expand_arith_string (temp2
, Q_DOUBLE_QUOTES
|Q_ARITH
);
9824 /* No error messages. */
9825 savecmd
= this_command_name
;
9826 this_command_name
= (char *)NULL
;
9827 number
= evalexp (temp1
, EXP_EXPANDED
, &expok
);
9828 this_command_name
= savecmd
;
9833 if (interactive_shell
== 0 && posixly_correct
)
9835 set_exit_status (EXECUTION_FAILURE
);
9836 return (&expand_wdesc_fatal
);
9839 return (&expand_wdesc_error
);
9841 temp
= itos (number
);
9846 if (pflags
& PF_NOCOMSUB
)
9847 /* we need zindex+1 because string[zindex] == RPAREN */
9848 temp1
= substring (string
, *sindex
, zindex
+1);
9851 tdesc
= command_substitute (temp
, quoted
, pflags
&PF_ASSIGNRHS
);
9852 temp1
= tdesc
? tdesc
->word
: (char *)NULL
;
9854 dispose_word_desc (tdesc
);
9860 /* Do POSIX.2d9-style arithmetic substitution. This will probably go
9861 away in a future bash release. */
9863 /* Extract the contents of this arithmetic substitution. */
9864 t_index
= zindex
+ 1;
9865 temp
= extract_arithmetic_subst (string
, &t_index
);
9869 temp
= savestring (string
);
9870 if (expanded_something
)
9871 *expanded_something
= 0;
9875 /* Do initial variable expansion. */
9876 temp1
= expand_arith_string (temp
, Q_DOUBLE_QUOTES
|Q_ARITH
);
9881 /* Find the variable in VARIABLE_LIST. */
9882 temp
= (char *)NULL
;
9884 for (t_index
= zindex
; (c
= string
[zindex
]) && legal_variable_char (c
); zindex
++)
9886 temp1
= (zindex
> t_index
) ? substring (string
, t_index
, zindex
) : (char *)NULL
;
9888 /* If this isn't a variable name, then just output the `$'. */
9889 if (temp1
== 0 || *temp1
== '\0')
9892 temp
= (char *)xmalloc (2);
9895 if (expanded_something
)
9896 *expanded_something
= 0;
9900 /* If the variable exists, return its value cell. */
9901 var
= find_variable (temp1
);
9903 if (var
&& invisible_p (var
) == 0 && var_isset (var
))
9905 #if defined (ARRAY_VARS)
9906 if (assoc_p (var
) || array_p (var
))
9908 temp
= array_p (var
) ? array_reference (array_cell (var
), 0)
9909 : assoc_reference (assoc_cell (var
), "0");
9911 temp
= (*temp
&& (quoted
& (Q_HERE_DOCUMENT
|Q_DOUBLE_QUOTES
)))
9912 ? quote_string (temp
)
9913 : quote_escapes (temp
);
9914 else if (unbound_vars_is_error
)
9915 goto unbound_variable
;
9920 temp
= value_cell (var
);
9922 temp
= (*temp
&& (quoted
& (Q_HERE_DOCUMENT
|Q_DOUBLE_QUOTES
)))
9923 ? quote_string (temp
)
9924 : ((pflags
& PF_ASSIGNRHS
) ? quote_rhs (temp
)
9925 : quote_escapes (temp
));
9932 else if (var
&& (invisible_p (var
) || var_isset (var
) == 0))
9933 temp
= (char *)NULL
;
9934 else if ((var
= find_variable_last_nameref (temp1
, 0)) && var_isset (var
) && invisible_p (var
) == 0)
9936 temp
= nameref_cell (var
);
9937 #if defined (ARRAY_VARS)
9938 if (temp
&& *temp
&& valid_array_reference (temp
, 0))
9940 tdesc
= parameter_brace_expand_word (temp
, SPECIAL_VAR (temp
, 0), quoted
, pflags
, (arrayind_t
*)NULL
);
9941 if (tdesc
== &expand_wdesc_error
|| tdesc
== &expand_wdesc_fatal
)
9948 /* y=2 ; typeset -n x=y; echo $x is not the same as echo $2 in ksh */
9949 if (temp
&& *temp
&& legal_identifier (temp
) == 0)
9951 set_exit_status (EXECUTION_FAILURE
);
9952 report_error (_("%s: invalid variable name for name reference"), temp
);
9953 return (&expand_wdesc_error
); /* XXX */
9956 temp
= (char *)NULL
;
9959 temp
= (char *)NULL
;
9962 if (unbound_vars_is_error
)
9964 set_exit_status (EXECUTION_FAILURE
);
9965 err_unboundvar (temp1
);
9974 set_exit_status (EXECUTION_FAILURE
);
9975 return ((unbound_vars_is_error
&& interactive_shell
== 0)
9976 ? &expand_wdesc_fatal
9977 : &expand_wdesc_error
);
9988 ret
= alloc_word_desc ();
9989 ret
->flags
= tflag
; /* XXX */
9996 invalidate_cached_quoted_dollar_at ()
9998 dispose_words (cached_quoted_dollar_at
);
9999 cached_quoted_dollar_at
= 0;
10002 /* Make a word list which is the result of parameter and variable
10003 expansion, command substitution, arithmetic substitution, and
10004 quote removal of WORD. Return a pointer to a WORD_LIST which is
10005 the result of the expansion. If WORD contains a null word, the
10006 word list returned is also null.
10008 QUOTED contains flag values defined in shell.h.
10010 ISEXP is used to tell expand_word_internal that the word should be
10011 treated as the result of an expansion. This has implications for
10012 how IFS characters in the word are treated.
10014 CONTAINS_DOLLAR_AT and EXPANDED_SOMETHING are return values; when non-null
10015 they point to an integer value which receives information about expansion.
10016 CONTAINS_DOLLAR_AT gets non-zero if WORD contained "$@", else zero.
10017 EXPANDED_SOMETHING get non-zero if WORD contained any parameter expansions,
10020 This only does word splitting in the case of $@ expansion. In that
10021 case, we split on ' '. */
10023 /* Values for the local variable quoted_state. */
10025 #define PARTIALLY_QUOTED 1
10026 #define WHOLLY_QUOTED 2
10029 expand_word_internal (word
, quoted
, isexp
, contains_dollar_at
, expanded_something
)
10032 int *contains_dollar_at
;
10033 int *expanded_something
;
10038 /* The intermediate string that we build while expanding. */
10041 /* The current size of the above object. */
10042 size_t istring_size
;
10044 /* Index into ISTRING. */
10047 /* Temporary string storage. */
10048 char *temp
, *temp1
;
10050 /* The text of WORD. */
10051 register char *string
;
10053 /* The size of STRING. */
10054 size_t string_size
;
10056 /* The index into STRING. */
10059 /* This gets 1 if we see a $@ while quoted. */
10060 int quoted_dollar_at
;
10062 /* One of UNQUOTED, PARTIALLY_QUOTED, or WHOLLY_QUOTED, depending on
10063 whether WORD contains no quoting characters, a partially quoted
10064 string (e.g., "xx"ab), or is fully quoted (e.g., "xxab"). */
10068 int had_quoted_null
;
10069 int has_quoted_ifs
; /* did we add a quoted $IFS character here? */
10070 int has_dollar_at
, temp_has_dollar_at
;
10071 int split_on_spaces
;
10072 int local_expanded
;
10074 int pflags
; /* flags passed to param_expand */
10077 int assignoff
; /* If assignment, offset of `=' */
10079 register unsigned char c
; /* Current character. */
10080 int t_index
; /* For calls to string_extract_xxx. */
10086 /* OK, let's see if we can optimize a common idiom: "$@" */
10087 if (STREQ (word
->word
, "\"$@\"") &&
10088 (word
->flags
== (W_HASDOLLAR
|W_QUOTED
)) &&
10089 dollar_vars
[1]) /* XXX - check IFS here as well? */
10091 if (contains_dollar_at
)
10092 *contains_dollar_at
= 1;
10093 if (expanded_something
)
10094 *expanded_something
= 1;
10095 if (cached_quoted_dollar_at
)
10096 return (copy_word_list (cached_quoted_dollar_at
));
10097 list
= list_rest_of_args ();
10098 list
= quote_list (list
);
10099 cached_quoted_dollar_at
= copy_word_list (list
);
10103 istring
= (char *)xmalloc (istring_size
= DEFAULT_INITIAL_ARRAY_SIZE
);
10104 istring
[istring_index
= 0] = '\0';
10105 quoted_dollar_at
= had_quoted_null
= has_dollar_at
= 0;
10106 has_quoted_ifs
= 0;
10107 split_on_spaces
= 0;
10108 quoted_state
= UNQUOTED
;
10110 string
= word
->word
;
10112 goto finished_with_string
;
10113 mb_cur_max
= MB_CUR_MAX
;
10115 /* Don't need the string length for the SADD... and COPY_ macros unless
10116 multibyte characters are possible, but do need it for bounds checking. */
10117 string_size
= (mb_cur_max
> 1) ? strlen (string
) : 1;
10119 if (contains_dollar_at
)
10120 *contains_dollar_at
= 0;
10124 /* Begin the expansion. */
10126 for (sindex
= 0; ;)
10128 c
= string
[sindex
];
10130 /* Case on top-level character. */
10134 goto finished_with_string
;
10138 #if HANDLE_MULTIBYTE
10139 if (mb_cur_max
> 1 && string
[sindex
])
10141 SADD_MBQCHAR_BODY(temp
, string
, sindex
, string_size
);
10146 temp
= (char *)xmalloc (3);
10148 temp
[1] = c
= string
[sindex
];
10153 if (string
[sindex
])
10159 istring
= sub_append_string (temp
, istring
, &istring_index
, &istring_size
);
10165 #if defined (PROCESS_SUBSTITUTION)
10166 /* Process substitution. */
10170 /* XXX - technically this should only be expanded at the start
10172 if (string
[++sindex
] != LPAREN
|| (quoted
& (Q_HERE_DOCUMENT
|Q_DOUBLE_QUOTES
)) || (word
->flags
& (W_DQUOTE
|W_NOPROCSUB
)))
10174 sindex
--; /* add_character: label increments sindex */
10175 goto add_character
;
10178 t_index
= sindex
+ 1; /* skip past both '<' and LPAREN */
10180 temp1
= extract_process_subst (string
, (c
== '<') ? "<(" : ">(", &t_index
, 0); /*))*/
10183 /* If the process substitution specification is `<()', we want to
10184 open the pipe for writing in the child and produce output; if
10185 it is `>()', we want to open the pipe for reading in the child
10186 and consume input. */
10187 temp
= temp1
? process_substitute (temp1
, (c
== '>')) : (char *)0;
10191 goto dollar_add_string
;
10193 #endif /* PROCESS_SUBSTITUTION */
10196 /* Posix.2 section 3.6.1 says that tildes following `=' in words
10197 which are not assignment statements are not expanded. If the
10198 shell isn't in posix mode, though, we perform tilde expansion
10199 on `likely candidate' unquoted assignment statements (flags
10200 include W_ASSIGNMENT but not W_QUOTED). A likely candidate
10201 contains an unquoted :~ or =~. Something to think about: we
10202 now have a flag that says to perform tilde expansion on arguments
10203 to `assignment builtins' like declare and export that look like
10204 assignment statements. We now do tilde expansion on such words
10205 even in POSIX mode. */
10206 if (word
->flags
& (W_ASSIGNRHS
|W_NOTILDE
))
10208 if (isexp
== 0 && (word
->flags
& (W_NOSPLIT
|W_NOSPLIT2
)) == 0 && isifs (c
))
10209 goto add_ifs_character
;
10211 goto add_character
;
10213 /* If we're not in posix mode or forcing assignment-statement tilde
10214 expansion, note where the first `=' appears in the word and prepare
10215 to do tilde expansion following the first `='. We have to keep
10216 track of the first `=' (using assignoff) to avoid being confused
10217 by an `=' in the rhs of the assignment statement. */
10218 if ((word
->flags
& W_ASSIGNMENT
) &&
10219 (posixly_correct
== 0 || (word
->flags
& W_TILDEEXP
)) &&
10220 assignoff
== -1 && sindex
> 0)
10221 assignoff
= sindex
;
10222 if (sindex
== assignoff
&& string
[sindex
+1] == '~') /* XXX */
10223 word
->flags
|= W_ITILDE
;
10225 if (word
->flags
& W_ASSIGNARG
)
10226 word
->flags
|= W_ASSIGNRHS
; /* affects $@ */
10228 if (isexp
== 0 && (word
->flags
& (W_NOSPLIT
|W_NOSPLIT2
)) == 0 && isifs (c
))
10231 goto add_ifs_character
;
10234 goto add_character
;
10237 if (word
->flags
& (W_NOTILDE
|W_NOASSNTILDE
))
10239 if (isexp
== 0 && (word
->flags
& (W_NOSPLIT
|W_NOSPLIT2
)) == 0 && isifs (c
))
10240 goto add_ifs_character
;
10242 goto add_character
;
10245 if ((word
->flags
& (W_ASSIGNMENT
|W_ASSIGNRHS
)) &&
10246 (posixly_correct
== 0 || (word
->flags
& W_TILDEEXP
)) &&
10247 string
[sindex
+1] == '~')
10248 word
->flags
|= W_ITILDE
;
10250 if (isexp
== 0 && (word
->flags
& (W_NOSPLIT
|W_NOSPLIT2
)) == 0 && isifs (c
))
10251 goto add_ifs_character
;
10253 goto add_character
;
10256 /* If the word isn't supposed to be tilde expanded, or we're not
10257 at the start of a word or after an unquoted : or = in an
10258 assignment statement, we don't do tilde expansion. We don't
10259 do tilde expansion if quoted or in an arithmetic context. */
10261 if ((word
->flags
& (W_NOTILDE
|W_DQUOTE
)) ||
10262 (sindex
> 0 && ((word
->flags
& W_ITILDE
) == 0)) ||
10263 (quoted
& (Q_DOUBLE_QUOTES
|Q_HERE_DOCUMENT
)))
10265 word
->flags
&= ~W_ITILDE
;
10266 if (isexp
== 0 && (word
->flags
& (W_NOSPLIT
|W_NOSPLIT2
)) == 0 && isifs (c
) && (quoted
& (Q_DOUBLE_QUOTES
|Q_HERE_DOCUMENT
)) == 0)
10267 goto add_ifs_character
;
10269 goto add_character
;
10272 if (word
->flags
& W_ASSIGNRHS
)
10274 else if (word
->flags
& (W_ASSIGNMENT
|W_TILDEEXP
))
10279 temp
= bash_tilde_find_word (string
+ sindex
, tflag
, &t_index
);
10281 word
->flags
&= ~W_ITILDE
;
10283 if (temp
&& *temp
&& t_index
> 0)
10285 temp1
= bash_tilde_expand (temp
, tflag
);
10286 if (temp1
&& *temp1
== '~' && STREQ (temp
, temp1
))
10290 goto add_character
; /* tilde expansion failed */
10295 goto add_quoted_string
; /* XXX was add_string */
10300 goto add_character
;
10304 if (expanded_something
)
10305 *expanded_something
= 1;
10306 local_expanded
= 1;
10308 temp_has_dollar_at
= 0;
10309 pflags
= (word
->flags
& W_NOCOMSUB
) ? PF_NOCOMSUB
: 0;
10310 if (word
->flags
& W_NOSPLIT2
)
10311 pflags
|= PF_NOSPLIT2
;
10312 if (word
->flags
& W_ASSIGNRHS
)
10313 pflags
|= PF_ASSIGNRHS
;
10314 if (word
->flags
& W_COMPLETE
)
10315 pflags
|= PF_COMPLETE
;
10317 tword
= param_expand (string
, &sindex
, quoted
, expanded_something
,
10318 &temp_has_dollar_at
, "ed_dollar_at
,
10319 &had_quoted_null
, pflags
);
10320 has_dollar_at
+= temp_has_dollar_at
;
10321 split_on_spaces
+= (tword
->flags
& W_SPLITSPACE
);
10323 if (tword
== &expand_wdesc_error
|| tword
== &expand_wdesc_fatal
)
10327 return ((tword
== &expand_wdesc_error
) ? &expand_word_error
10328 : &expand_word_fatal
);
10330 if (contains_dollar_at
&& has_dollar_at
)
10331 *contains_dollar_at
= 1;
10333 if (tword
&& (tword
->flags
& W_HASQUOTEDNULL
))
10334 had_quoted_null
= 1; /* note for later */
10335 if (tword
&& (tword
->flags
& W_SAWQUOTEDNULL
))
10336 had_quoted_null
= 1; /* XXX */
10338 temp
= tword
? tword
->word
: (char *)NULL
;
10339 dispose_word_desc (tword
);
10341 /* Kill quoted nulls; we will add them back at the end of
10342 expand_word_internal if nothing else in the string */
10343 if (had_quoted_null
&& temp
&& QUOTED_NULL (temp
))
10346 temp
= (char *)NULL
;
10352 case '`': /* Backquoted command substitution. */
10354 t_index
= sindex
++;
10356 temp
= string_extract (string
, &sindex
, "`", SX_REQMATCH
);
10357 /* The test of sindex against t_index is to allow bare instances of
10358 ` to pass through, for backwards compatibility. */
10359 if (temp
== &extract_string_error
|| temp
== &extract_string_fatal
)
10361 if (sindex
- 1 == t_index
)
10364 goto add_character
;
10366 set_exit_status (EXECUTION_FAILURE
);
10367 report_error (_("bad substitution: no closing \"`\" in %s") , string
+t_index
);
10370 return ((temp
== &extract_string_error
) ? &expand_word_error
10371 : &expand_word_fatal
);
10374 if (expanded_something
)
10375 *expanded_something
= 1;
10376 local_expanded
= 1;
10378 if (word
->flags
& W_NOCOMSUB
)
10379 /* sindex + 1 because string[sindex] == '`' */
10380 temp1
= substring (string
, t_index
, sindex
+ 1);
10383 de_backslash (temp
);
10384 tword
= command_substitute (temp
, quoted
, 0);
10385 temp1
= tword
? tword
->word
: (char *)NULL
;
10387 dispose_word_desc (tword
);
10391 goto dollar_add_string
;
10395 if (string
[sindex
+ 1] == '\n')
10401 c
= string
[++sindex
];
10403 /* "However, the double-quote character ( '"' ) shall not be treated
10404 specially within a here-document, except when the double-quote
10405 appears within "$()", "``", or "${}"." */
10406 if ((quoted
& Q_HERE_DOCUMENT
) && (quoted
& Q_DOLBRACE
) && c
== '"')
10407 tflag
= CBSDQUOTE
; /* special case */
10408 else if (quoted
& Q_HERE_DOCUMENT
)
10410 else if (quoted
& Q_DOUBLE_QUOTES
)
10415 /* From Posix discussion on austin-group list: Backslash escaping
10416 a } in ${...} is removed. Issue 0000221 */
10417 if ((quoted
& Q_DOLBRACE
) && c
== RBRACE
)
10419 SCOPY_CHAR_I (twochars
, CTLESC
, c
, string
, sindex
, string_size
);
10421 /* This is the fix for " $@\ " */
10422 else if ((quoted
& (Q_HERE_DOCUMENT
|Q_DOUBLE_QUOTES
)) && ((sh_syntaxtab
[c
] & tflag
) == 0) && isexp
== 0 && isifs (c
))
10424 RESIZE_MALLOCED_BUFFER (istring
, istring_index
, 2, istring_size
,
10425 DEFAULT_ARRAY_SIZE
);
10426 istring
[istring_index
++] = CTLESC
;
10427 istring
[istring_index
++] = '\\';
10428 istring
[istring_index
] = '\0';
10430 SCOPY_CHAR_I (twochars
, CTLESC
, c
, string
, sindex
, string_size
);
10432 else if ((quoted
& (Q_HERE_DOCUMENT
|Q_DOUBLE_QUOTES
)) && c
== 0)
10434 RESIZE_MALLOCED_BUFFER (istring
, istring_index
, 2, istring_size
,
10435 DEFAULT_ARRAY_SIZE
);
10436 istring
[istring_index
++] = CTLESC
;
10437 istring
[istring_index
++] = '\\';
10438 istring
[istring_index
] = '\0';
10441 else if ((quoted
& (Q_HERE_DOCUMENT
|Q_DOUBLE_QUOTES
)) && ((sh_syntaxtab
[c
] & tflag
) == 0))
10443 SCOPY_CHAR_I (twochars
, '\\', c
, string
, sindex
, string_size
);
10448 sindex
--; /* add_character: label increments sindex */
10449 goto add_character
;
10453 SCOPY_CHAR_I (twochars
, CTLESC
, c
, string
, sindex
, string_size
);
10458 /* BEFORE jumping here, we need to increment sindex if appropriate */
10459 RESIZE_MALLOCED_BUFFER (istring
, istring_index
, 2, istring_size
,
10460 DEFAULT_ARRAY_SIZE
);
10461 istring
[istring_index
++] = twochars
[0];
10462 istring
[istring_index
++] = twochars
[1];
10463 istring
[istring_index
] = '\0';
10468 if ((quoted
& (Q_DOUBLE_QUOTES
|Q_HERE_DOCUMENT
)) && ((quoted
& Q_ARITH
) == 0))
10469 goto add_character
;
10471 t_index
= ++sindex
;
10472 temp
= string_extract_double_quoted (string
, &sindex
, (word
->flags
& W_COMPLETE
) ? SX_COMPLETE
: 0);
10474 /* If the quotes surrounded the entire string, then the
10475 whole word was quoted. */
10476 quoted_state
= (t_index
== 1 && string
[sindex
] == '\0')
10478 : PARTIALLY_QUOTED
;
10482 tword
= alloc_word_desc ();
10483 tword
->word
= temp
;
10485 if (word
->flags
& W_ASSIGNARG
)
10486 tword
->flags
|= word
->flags
& (W_ASSIGNARG
|W_ASSIGNRHS
); /* affects $@ */
10487 if (word
->flags
& W_COMPLETE
)
10488 tword
->flags
|= W_COMPLETE
; /* for command substitutions */
10489 if (word
->flags
& W_NOCOMSUB
)
10490 tword
->flags
|= W_NOCOMSUB
;
10491 if (word
->flags
& W_NOPROCSUB
)
10492 tword
->flags
|= W_NOPROCSUB
;
10494 if (word
->flags
& W_ASSIGNRHS
)
10495 tword
->flags
|= W_ASSIGNRHS
;
10497 temp
= (char *)NULL
;
10499 temp_has_dollar_at
= 0; /* does this quoted (sub)string include $@? */
10500 /* Need to get W_HASQUOTEDNULL flag through this function. */
10501 list
= expand_word_internal (tword
, Q_DOUBLE_QUOTES
, 0, &temp_has_dollar_at
, (int *)NULL
);
10502 has_dollar_at
+= temp_has_dollar_at
;
10504 if (list
== &expand_word_error
|| list
== &expand_word_fatal
)
10508 /* expand_word_internal has already freed temp_word->word
10509 for us because of the way it prints error messages. */
10510 tword
->word
= (char *)NULL
;
10511 dispose_word (tword
);
10515 dispose_word (tword
);
10517 /* "$@" (a double-quoted dollar-at) expands into nothing,
10518 not even a NULL word, when there are no positional
10519 parameters. Posix interp 888 says that other parts of the
10520 word that expand to quoted nulls result in quoted nulls, so
10521 we can't just throw the entire word away if we have "$@"
10522 anywhere in it. We use had_quoted_null to keep track */
10523 if (list
== 0 && temp_has_dollar_at
) /* XXX - was has_dollar_at */
10525 quoted_dollar_at
++;
10529 /* If this list comes back with a quoted null from expansion,
10530 we have either "$x" or "$@" with $1 == ''. In either case,
10531 we need to make sure we add a quoted null argument and
10532 disable the special handling that "$@" gets. */
10533 if (list
&& list
->word
&& list
->next
== 0 && (list
->word
->flags
& W_HASQUOTEDNULL
))
10535 if (had_quoted_null
&& temp_has_dollar_at
)
10536 quoted_dollar_at
++;
10537 had_quoted_null
= 1; /* XXX */
10540 /* If we get "$@", we know we have expanded something, so we
10541 need to remember it for the final split on $IFS. This is
10542 a special case; it's the only case where a quoted string
10543 can expand into more than one word. It's going to come back
10544 from the above call to expand_word_internal as a list with
10547 dequote_list (list
);
10549 if (temp_has_dollar_at
) /* XXX - was has_dollar_at */
10551 quoted_dollar_at
++;
10552 if (contains_dollar_at
)
10553 *contains_dollar_at
= 1;
10554 if (expanded_something
)
10555 *expanded_something
= 1;
10556 local_expanded
= 1;
10561 /* What we have is "". This is a minor optimization. */
10563 list
= (WORD_LIST
*)NULL
;
10564 had_quoted_null
= 1; /* note for later */
10567 /* The code above *might* return a list (consider the case of "$@",
10568 where it returns "$1", "$2", etc.). We can't throw away the
10569 rest of the list, and we have to make sure each word gets added
10570 as quoted. We test on tresult->next: if it is non-NULL, we
10571 quote the whole list, save it to a string with string_list, and
10572 add that string. We don't need to quote the results of this
10573 (and it would be wrong, since that would quote the separators
10574 as well), so we go directly to add_string. */
10579 /* Testing quoted_dollar_at makes sure that "$@" is
10580 split correctly when $IFS does not contain a space. */
10581 temp
= quoted_dollar_at
10582 ? string_list_dollar_at (list
, Q_DOUBLE_QUOTES
, 0)
10583 : string_list (quote_list (list
));
10584 dispose_words (list
);
10589 temp
= savestring (list
->word
->word
);
10590 tflag
= list
->word
->flags
;
10591 dispose_words (list
);
10593 /* If the string is not a quoted null string, we want
10594 to remove any embedded unquoted CTLNUL characters.
10595 We do not want to turn quoted null strings back into
10596 the empty string, though. We do this because we
10597 want to remove any quoted nulls from expansions that
10598 contain other characters. For example, if we have
10599 x"$*"y or "x$*y" and there are no positional parameters,
10600 the $* should expand into nothing. */
10601 /* We use the W_HASQUOTEDNULL flag to differentiate the
10602 cases: a quoted null character as above and when
10603 CTLNUL is contained in the (non-null) expansion
10604 of some variable. We use the had_quoted_null flag to
10605 pass the value through this function to its caller. */
10606 if ((tflag
& W_HASQUOTEDNULL
) && QUOTED_NULL (temp
) == 0)
10607 remove_quoted_nulls (temp
); /* XXX */
10611 temp
= (char *)NULL
;
10613 if (temp
== 0 && quoted_state
== PARTIALLY_QUOTED
)
10614 had_quoted_null
= 1; /* note for later */
10616 /* We do not want to add quoted nulls to strings that are only
10617 partially quoted; we can throw them away. The exception to
10618 this is when we are going to be performing word splitting,
10619 since we have to preserve a null argument if the next character
10620 will cause word splitting. */
10621 if (temp
== 0 && quoted_state
== PARTIALLY_QUOTED
&& quoted
== 0 && (word
->flags
& (W_NOSPLIT
|W_EXPANDRHS
|W_ASSIGNRHS
)) == W_EXPANDRHS
)
10625 had_quoted_null
= 1;
10626 goto add_character
;
10628 if (temp
== 0 && quoted_state
== PARTIALLY_QUOTED
&& (word
->flags
& (W_NOSPLIT
|W_NOSPLIT2
)))
10636 temp
= quote_string (temp
);
10642 /* Add NULL arg. */
10644 sindex
--; /* add_character: label increments sindex */
10645 had_quoted_null
= 1; /* note for later */
10646 goto add_character
;
10652 if ((quoted
& (Q_DOUBLE_QUOTES
|Q_HERE_DOCUMENT
)))
10653 goto add_character
;
10655 t_index
= ++sindex
;
10656 temp
= string_extract_single_quoted (string
, &sindex
);
10658 /* If the entire STRING was surrounded by single quotes,
10659 then the string is wholly quoted. */
10660 quoted_state
= (t_index
== 1 && string
[sindex
] == '\0')
10662 : PARTIALLY_QUOTED
;
10664 /* If all we had was '', it is a null expansion. */
10668 temp
= (char *)NULL
;
10671 remove_quoted_escapes (temp
); /* ??? */
10673 if (temp
== 0 && quoted_state
== PARTIALLY_QUOTED
)
10674 had_quoted_null
= 1; /* note for later */
10676 /* We do not want to add quoted nulls to strings that are only
10677 partially quoted; such nulls are discarded. See above for the
10678 exception, which is when the string is going to be split.
10679 Posix interp 888/1129 */
10680 if (temp
== 0 && quoted_state
== PARTIALLY_QUOTED
&& quoted
== 0 && (word
->flags
& (W_NOSPLIT
|W_EXPANDRHS
|W_ASSIGNRHS
)) == W_EXPANDRHS
)
10684 goto add_character
;
10687 if (temp
== 0 && (quoted_state
== PARTIALLY_QUOTED
) && (word
->flags
& (W_NOSPLIT
|W_NOSPLIT2
)))
10690 /* If we have a quoted null expansion, add a quoted NULL to istring. */
10694 sindex
--; /* add_character: label increments sindex */
10695 goto add_character
;
10698 goto add_quoted_string
;
10703 /* If we are in a context where the word is not going to be split, but
10704 we need to account for $@ and $* producing one word for each
10705 positional parameter, add quoted spaces so the spaces in the
10706 expansion of "$@", if any, behave correctly. We still may need to
10707 split if we are expanding the rhs of a word expansion. */
10708 if (ifs_is_null
|| split_on_spaces
|| ((word
->flags
& (W_NOSPLIT
|W_NOSPLIT2
|W_ASSIGNRHS
)) && (word
->flags
& W_EXPANDRHS
) == 0))
10710 if (string
[sindex
])
10712 twochars
[0] = CTLESC
;
10719 /* This is the fix for " $@ " */
10721 if ((quoted
& (Q_HERE_DOCUMENT
|Q_DOUBLE_QUOTES
)) || (isexp
== 0 && isifs (c
) && (word
->flags
& (W_NOSPLIT
|W_NOSPLIT2
)) == 0))
10723 if ((quoted
&(Q_HERE_DOCUMENT
|Q_DOUBLE_QUOTES
)) == 0)
10725 add_quoted_character
:
10726 if (string
[sindex
]) /* from old goto dollar_add_string */
10731 goto add_character
;
10735 #if HANDLE_MULTIBYTE
10736 /* XXX - should make sure that c is actually multibyte,
10737 otherwise we can use the twochars branch */
10738 if (mb_cur_max
> 1)
10741 if (mb_cur_max
> 1)
10743 SADD_MBQCHAR_BODY(temp
, string
, sindex
, string_size
);
10748 twochars
[0] = CTLESC
;
10755 SADD_MBCHAR (temp
, string
, sindex
, string_size
);
10758 RESIZE_MALLOCED_BUFFER (istring
, istring_index
, 1, istring_size
,
10759 DEFAULT_ARRAY_SIZE
);
10760 istring
[istring_index
++] = c
;
10761 istring
[istring_index
] = '\0';
10763 /* Next character. */
10768 finished_with_string
:
10769 /* OK, we're ready to return. If we have a quoted string, and
10770 quoted_dollar_at is not set, we do no splitting at all; otherwise
10771 we split on ' '. The routines that call this will handle what to
10772 do if nothing has been expanded. */
10774 /* Partially and wholly quoted strings which expand to the empty
10775 string are retained as an empty arguments. Unquoted strings
10776 which expand to the empty string are discarded. The single
10777 exception is the case of expanding "$@" when there are no
10778 positional parameters. In that case, we discard the expansion. */
10780 /* Because of how the code that handles "" and '' in partially
10781 quoted strings works, we need to make ISTRING into a QUOTED_NULL
10782 if we saw quoting characters, but the expansion was empty.
10783 "" and '' are tossed away before we get to this point when
10784 processing partially quoted strings. This makes "" and $xxx""
10785 equivalent when xxx is unset. We also look to see whether we
10786 saw a quoted null from a ${} expansion and add one back if we
10789 /* If we expand to nothing and there were no single or double quotes
10790 in the word, we throw it away. Otherwise, we return a NULL word.
10791 The single exception is for $@ surrounded by double quotes when
10792 there are no positional parameters. In that case, we also throw
10795 if (*istring
== '\0')
10797 if (quoted_dollar_at
== 0 && (had_quoted_null
|| quoted_state
== PARTIALLY_QUOTED
))
10799 istring
[0] = CTLNUL
;
10801 tword
= alloc_word_desc ();
10802 tword
->word
= istring
;
10803 istring
= 0; /* avoid later free() */
10804 tword
->flags
|= W_HASQUOTEDNULL
; /* XXX */
10805 list
= make_word_list (tword
, (WORD_LIST
*)NULL
);
10806 if (quoted
& (Q_HERE_DOCUMENT
|Q_DOUBLE_QUOTES
))
10807 tword
->flags
|= W_QUOTED
;
10809 /* According to sh, ksh, and Posix.2, if a word expands into nothing
10810 and a double-quoted "$@" appears anywhere in it, then the entire
10811 word is removed. */
10812 /* XXX - exception appears to be that quoted null strings result in
10814 else if (quoted_state
== UNQUOTED
|| quoted_dollar_at
)
10815 list
= (WORD_LIST
*)NULL
;
10817 list
= (WORD_LIST
*)NULL
;
10819 else if (word
->flags
& W_NOSPLIT
)
10821 tword
= alloc_word_desc ();
10822 tword
->word
= istring
;
10823 if (had_quoted_null
&& QUOTED_NULL (istring
))
10824 tword
->flags
|= W_HASQUOTEDNULL
;
10825 istring
= 0; /* avoid later free() */
10826 if (word
->flags
& W_ASSIGNMENT
)
10827 tword
->flags
|= W_ASSIGNMENT
; /* XXX */
10828 if (word
->flags
& W_COMPASSIGN
)
10829 tword
->flags
|= W_COMPASSIGN
; /* XXX */
10830 if (word
->flags
& W_NOGLOB
)
10831 tword
->flags
|= W_NOGLOB
; /* XXX */
10832 if (word
->flags
& W_NOBRACE
)
10833 tword
->flags
|= W_NOBRACE
; /* XXX */
10834 if (quoted
& (Q_HERE_DOCUMENT
|Q_DOUBLE_QUOTES
))
10835 tword
->flags
|= W_QUOTED
;
10836 list
= make_word_list (tword
, (WORD_LIST
*)NULL
);
10838 else if (word
->flags
& W_ASSIGNRHS
)
10840 list
= list_string (istring
, "", quoted
);
10841 tword
= list
->word
;
10842 if (had_quoted_null
&& QUOTED_NULL (istring
))
10843 tword
->flags
|= W_HASQUOTEDNULL
;
10846 istring
= 0; /* avoid later free() */
10847 goto set_word_flags
;
10853 ifs_chars
= (quoted_dollar_at
|| has_dollar_at
) ? ifs_value
: (char *)NULL
;
10855 /* If we have $@, we need to split the results no matter what. If
10856 IFS is unset or NULL, string_list_dollar_at has separated the
10857 positional parameters with a space, so we split on space (we have
10858 set ifs_chars to " \t\n" above if ifs is unset). If IFS is set,
10859 string_list_dollar_at has separated the positional parameters
10860 with the first character of $IFS, so we split on $IFS. If
10861 SPLIT_ON_SPACES is set, we expanded $* (unquoted) with IFS either
10862 unset or null, and we want to make sure that we split on spaces
10863 regardless of what else has happened to IFS since the expansion,
10864 or we expanded "$@" with IFS null and we need to split the positional
10865 parameters into separate words. */
10866 if (split_on_spaces
)
10868 /* If IFS is not set, and the word is not quoted, we want to split
10869 the individual words on $' \t\n'. We rely on previous steps to
10870 quote the portions of the word that should not be split */
10871 if (ifs_is_set
== 0)
10872 list
= list_string (istring
, " \t\n", 1); /* XXX quoted == 1? */
10874 list
= list_string (istring
, " ", 1); /* XXX quoted == 1? */
10877 /* If we have $@ (has_dollar_at != 0) and we are in a context where we
10878 don't want to split the result (W_NOSPLIT2), and we are not quoted,
10879 we have already separated the arguments with the first character of
10880 $IFS. In this case, we want to return a list with a single word
10881 with the separator possibly replaced with a space (it's what other
10882 shells seem to do).
10883 quoted_dollar_at is internal to this function and is set if we are
10884 passed an argument that is unquoted (quoted == 0) but we encounter a
10885 double-quoted $@ while expanding it. */
10886 else if (has_dollar_at
&& quoted_dollar_at
== 0 && ifs_chars
&& quoted
== 0 && (word
->flags
& W_NOSPLIT2
))
10888 tword
= alloc_word_desc ();
10889 /* Only split and rejoin if we have to */
10890 if (*ifs_chars
&& *ifs_chars
!= ' ')
10892 /* list_string dequotes CTLESCs in the string it's passed, so we
10893 need it to get the space separation right if space isn't the
10894 first character in IFS (but is present) and to remove the
10895 quoting we added back in param_expand(). */
10896 list
= list_string (istring
, *ifs_chars
? ifs_chars
: " ", 1);
10897 /* This isn't exactly right in the case where we're expanding
10898 the RHS of an expansion like ${var-$@} where IFS=: (for
10899 example). The W_NOSPLIT2 means we do the separation with :;
10900 the list_string removes the quotes and breaks the string into
10901 a list, and the string_list rejoins it on spaces. When we
10902 return, we expect to be able to split the results, but the
10903 space separation means the right split doesn't happen. */
10904 tword
->word
= string_list (list
);
10907 tword
->word
= istring
;
10908 if (had_quoted_null
&& QUOTED_NULL (istring
))
10909 tword
->flags
|= W_HASQUOTEDNULL
; /* XXX */
10910 if (tword
->word
!= istring
)
10912 istring
= 0; /* avoid later free() */
10913 goto set_word_flags
;
10915 else if (has_dollar_at
&& ifs_chars
)
10916 list
= list_string (istring
, *ifs_chars
? ifs_chars
: " ", 1);
10919 tword
= alloc_word_desc ();
10920 if (expanded_something
&& *expanded_something
== 0 && has_quoted_ifs
)
10921 tword
->word
= remove_quoted_ifs (istring
);
10923 tword
->word
= istring
;
10924 if (had_quoted_null
&& QUOTED_NULL (istring
)) /* should check for more than one */
10925 tword
->flags
|= W_HASQUOTEDNULL
; /* XXX */
10926 else if (had_quoted_null
)
10927 tword
->flags
|= W_SAWQUOTEDNULL
; /* XXX */
10928 if (tword
->word
!= istring
)
10930 istring
= 0; /* avoid later free() */
10932 if ((quoted
& (Q_DOUBLE_QUOTES
|Q_HERE_DOCUMENT
)) || (quoted_state
== WHOLLY_QUOTED
))
10933 tword
->flags
|= W_QUOTED
;
10934 if (word
->flags
& W_ASSIGNMENT
)
10935 tword
->flags
|= W_ASSIGNMENT
;
10936 if (word
->flags
& W_COMPASSIGN
)
10937 tword
->flags
|= W_COMPASSIGN
;
10938 if (word
->flags
& W_NOGLOB
)
10939 tword
->flags
|= W_NOGLOB
;
10940 if (word
->flags
& W_NOBRACE
)
10941 tword
->flags
|= W_NOBRACE
;
10942 list
= make_word_list (tword
, (WORD_LIST
*)NULL
);
10950 /* **************************************************************** */
10952 /* Functions for Quote Removal */
10954 /* **************************************************************** */
10956 /* Perform quote removal on STRING. If QUOTED > 0, assume we are obeying the
10957 backslash quoting rules for within double quotes or a here document. */
10959 string_quote_removal (string
, quoted
)
10964 char *r
, *result_string
, *temp
, *send
;
10965 int sindex
, tindex
, dquote
;
10969 /* The result can be no longer than the original string. */
10970 slen
= strlen (string
);
10971 send
= string
+ slen
;
10973 r
= result_string
= (char *)xmalloc (slen
+ 1);
10975 for (dquote
= sindex
= 0; c
= string
[sindex
];)
10980 c
= string
[++sindex
];
10986 if (((quoted
& (Q_HERE_DOCUMENT
|Q_DOUBLE_QUOTES
)) || dquote
) && (sh_syntaxtab
[c
] & CBSDQUOTE
) == 0)
10991 SCOPY_CHAR_M (r
, string
, send
, sindex
);
10995 if ((quoted
& (Q_HERE_DOCUMENT
|Q_DOUBLE_QUOTES
)) || dquote
)
11001 tindex
= sindex
+ 1;
11002 temp
= string_extract_single_quoted (string
, &tindex
);
11013 dquote
= 1 - dquote
;
11019 return (result_string
);
11024 /* Perform quote removal on word WORD. This allocates and returns a new
11027 word_quote_removal (word
, quoted
)
11034 t
= string_quote_removal (word
->word
, quoted
);
11035 w
= alloc_word_desc ();
11036 w
->word
= t
? t
: savestring ("");
11040 /* Perform quote removal on all words in LIST. If QUOTED is non-zero,
11041 the members of the list are treated as if they are surrounded by
11042 double quotes. Return a new list, or NULL if LIST is NULL. */
11044 word_list_quote_removal (list
, quoted
)
11048 WORD_LIST
*result
, *t
, *tresult
, *e
;
11050 for (t
= list
, result
= (WORD_LIST
*)NULL
; t
; t
= t
->next
)
11052 tresult
= make_word_list (word_quote_removal (t
->word
, quoted
), (WORD_LIST
*)NULL
);
11054 result
= (WORD_LIST
*) list_append (result
, tresult
);
11057 result
= e
= tresult
;
11070 /*******************************************
11072 * Functions to perform word splitting *
11074 *******************************************/
11084 ifs_value
= (v
&& value_cell (v
)) ? value_cell (v
) : " \t\n";
11086 ifs_is_set
= ifs_var
!= 0;
11087 ifs_is_null
= ifs_is_set
&& (*ifs_value
== 0);
11089 /* Should really merge ifs_cmap with sh_syntaxtab. XXX - doesn't yet
11090 handle multibyte chars in IFS */
11091 memset (ifs_cmap
, '\0', sizeof (ifs_cmap
));
11092 for (t
= ifs_value
; t
&& *t
; t
++)
11098 #if defined (HANDLE_MULTIBYTE)
11099 if (ifs_value
== 0)
11101 ifs_firstc
[0] = '\0'; /* XXX - ? */
11102 ifs_firstc_len
= 1;
11106 if (locale_utf8locale
&& UTF8_SINGLEBYTE (*ifs_value
))
11107 ifs_firstc_len
= (*ifs_value
!= 0) ? 1 : 0;
11111 ifs_len
= strnlen (ifs_value
, MB_CUR_MAX
);
11112 ifs_firstc_len
= MBLEN (ifs_value
, ifs_len
);
11114 if (ifs_firstc_len
== 1 || ifs_firstc_len
== 0 || MB_INVALIDCH (ifs_firstc_len
))
11116 ifs_firstc
[0] = ifs_value
[0];
11117 ifs_firstc
[1] = '\0';
11118 ifs_firstc_len
= 1;
11121 memcpy (ifs_firstc
, ifs_value
, ifs_firstc_len
);
11124 ifs_firstc
= ifs_value
? *ifs_value
: 0;
11134 /* This splits a single word into a WORD LIST on $IFS, but only if the word
11135 is not quoted. list_string () performs quote removal for us, even if we
11136 don't do any splitting. */
11138 word_split (w
, ifs_chars
)
11148 xifs
= ((w
->flags
& W_QUOTED
) || ifs_chars
== 0) ? "" : ifs_chars
;
11149 result
= list_string (w
->word
, xifs
, w
->flags
& W_QUOTED
);
11152 result
= (WORD_LIST
*)NULL
;
11157 /* Perform word splitting on LIST and return the RESULT. It is possible
11158 to return (WORD_LIST *)NULL. */
11160 word_list_split (list
)
11163 WORD_LIST
*result
, *t
, *tresult
, *e
;
11166 for (t
= list
, result
= (WORD_LIST
*)NULL
; t
; t
= t
->next
)
11168 tresult
= word_split (t
->word
, ifs_value
);
11169 /* POSIX 2.6: "If the complete expansion appropriate for a word results
11170 in an empty field, that empty field shall be deleted from the list
11171 of fields that form the completely expanded command, unless the
11172 original word contained single-quote or double-quote characters."
11173 This is where we handle these words that contain quoted null strings
11174 and other characters that expand to nothing after word splitting. */
11175 if (tresult
== 0 && t
->word
&& (t
->word
->flags
& W_SAWQUOTEDNULL
)) /* XXX */
11177 w
= alloc_word_desc ();
11178 w
->word
= (char *)xmalloc (1);
11180 tresult
= make_word_list (w
, (WORD_LIST
*)NULL
);
11183 result
= e
= tresult
;
11194 /**************************************************
11196 * Functions to expand an entire WORD_LIST *
11198 **************************************************/
11200 /* Do any word-expansion-specific cleanup and jump to top_level */
11202 exp_jump_to_top_level (v
)
11205 set_pipestatus_from_exit (last_command_exit_value
);
11207 /* Cleanup code goes here. */
11208 expand_no_split_dollar_star
= 0; /* XXX */
11209 if (expanding_redir
)
11210 undo_partial_redirects ();
11211 expanding_redir
= 0;
11212 assigning_in_environment
= 0;
11214 if (parse_and_execute_level
== 0)
11215 top_level_cleanup (); /* from sig.c */
11217 jump_to_top_level (v
);
11220 /* Put NLIST (which is a WORD_LIST * of only one element) at the front of
11221 ELIST, and set ELIST to the new list. */
11222 #define PREPEND_LIST(nlist, elist) \
11223 do { nlist->next = elist; elist = nlist; } while (0)
11225 /* Separate out any initial variable assignments from TLIST. If set -k has
11226 been executed, remove all assignment statements from TLIST. Initial
11227 variable assignments and other environment assignments are placed
11228 on SUBST_ASSIGN_VARLIST. */
11230 separate_out_assignments (tlist
)
11233 register WORD_LIST
*vp
, *lp
;
11236 return ((WORD_LIST
*)NULL
);
11238 if (subst_assign_varlist
)
11239 dispose_words (subst_assign_varlist
); /* Clean up after previous error */
11241 subst_assign_varlist
= (WORD_LIST
*)NULL
;
11244 /* Separate out variable assignments at the start of the command.
11245 Loop invariant: vp->next == lp
11246 Loop postcondition:
11247 lp = list of words left after assignment statements skipped
11248 tlist = original list of words
11250 while (lp
&& (lp
->word
->flags
& W_ASSIGNMENT
))
11256 /* If lp != tlist, we have some initial assignment statements.
11257 We make SUBST_ASSIGN_VARLIST point to the list of assignment
11258 words and TLIST point to the remaining words. */
11261 subst_assign_varlist
= tlist
;
11262 /* ASSERT(vp->next == lp); */
11263 vp
->next
= (WORD_LIST
*)NULL
; /* terminate variable list */
11264 tlist
= lp
; /* remainder of word list */
11267 /* vp == end of variable list */
11268 /* tlist == remainder of original word list without variable assignments */
11270 /* All the words in tlist were assignment statements */
11271 return ((WORD_LIST
*)NULL
);
11273 /* ASSERT(tlist != NULL); */
11274 /* ASSERT((tlist->word->flags & W_ASSIGNMENT) == 0); */
11276 /* If the -k option is in effect, we need to go through the remaining
11277 words, separate out the assignment words, and place them on
11278 SUBST_ASSIGN_VARLIST. */
11279 if (place_keywords_in_env
)
11281 WORD_LIST
*tp
; /* tp == running pointer into tlist */
11286 /* Loop Invariant: tp->next == lp */
11287 /* Loop postcondition: tlist == word list without assignment statements */
11290 if (lp
->word
->flags
& W_ASSIGNMENT
)
11292 /* Found an assignment statement, add this word to end of
11293 subst_assign_varlist (vp). */
11294 if (!subst_assign_varlist
)
11295 subst_assign_varlist
= vp
= lp
;
11302 /* Remove the word pointed to by LP from TLIST. */
11303 tp
->next
= lp
->next
;
11304 /* ASSERT(vp == lp); */
11305 lp
->next
= (WORD_LIST
*)NULL
;
11318 #define WEXP_VARASSIGN 0x001
11319 #define WEXP_BRACEEXP 0x002
11320 #define WEXP_TILDEEXP 0x004
11321 #define WEXP_PARAMEXP 0x008
11322 #define WEXP_PATHEXP 0x010
11324 /* All of the expansions, including variable assignments at the start of
11326 #define WEXP_ALL (WEXP_VARASSIGN|WEXP_BRACEEXP|WEXP_TILDEEXP|WEXP_PARAMEXP|WEXP_PATHEXP)
11328 /* All of the expansions except variable assignments at the start of
11330 #define WEXP_NOVARS (WEXP_BRACEEXP|WEXP_TILDEEXP|WEXP_PARAMEXP|WEXP_PATHEXP)
11332 /* All of the `shell expansions': brace expansion, tilde expansion, parameter
11333 expansion, command substitution, arithmetic expansion, word splitting, and
11335 #define WEXP_SHELLEXP (WEXP_BRACEEXP|WEXP_TILDEEXP|WEXP_PARAMEXP)
11337 /* Take the list of words in LIST and do the various substitutions. Return
11338 a new list of words which is the expanded list, and without things like
11339 variable assignments. */
11342 expand_words (list
)
11345 return (expand_word_list_internal (list
, WEXP_ALL
));
11348 /* Same as expand_words (), but doesn't hack variable or environment
11351 expand_words_no_vars (list
)
11354 return (expand_word_list_internal (list
, WEXP_NOVARS
));
11358 expand_words_shellexp (list
)
11361 return (expand_word_list_internal (list
, WEXP_SHELLEXP
));
11365 glob_expand_word_list (tlist
, eflags
)
11369 char **glob_array
, *temp_string
;
11370 register int glob_index
;
11371 WORD_LIST
*glob_list
, *output_list
, *disposables
, *next
;
11375 output_list
= disposables
= (WORD_LIST
*)NULL
;
11376 glob_array
= (char **)NULL
;
11379 /* For each word, either globbing is attempted or the word is
11380 added to orig_list. If globbing succeeds, the results are
11381 added to orig_list and the word (tlist) is added to the list
11382 of disposable words. If globbing fails and failed glob
11383 expansions are left unchanged (the shell default), the
11384 original word is added to orig_list. If globbing fails and
11385 failed glob expansions are removed, the original word is
11386 added to the list of disposable words. orig_list ends up
11387 in reverse order and requires a call to REVERSE_LIST to
11388 be set right. After all words are examined, the disposable
11389 words are freed. */
11390 next
= tlist
->next
;
11392 /* If the word isn't an assignment and contains an unquoted
11393 pattern matching character, then glob it. */
11394 if ((tlist
->word
->flags
& W_NOGLOB
) == 0 &&
11395 unquoted_glob_pattern_p (tlist
->word
->word
))
11397 glob_array
= shell_glob_filename (tlist
->word
->word
, QGLOB_CTLESC
); /* XXX */
11399 /* Handle error cases.
11400 I don't think we should report errors like "No such file
11401 or directory". However, I would like to report errors
11402 like "Read failed". */
11404 if (glob_array
== 0 || GLOB_FAILED (glob_array
))
11406 glob_array
= (char **)xmalloc (sizeof (char *));
11407 glob_array
[0] = (char *)NULL
;
11410 /* Dequote the current word in case we have to use it. */
11411 if (glob_array
[0] == NULL
)
11413 temp_string
= dequote_string (tlist
->word
->word
);
11414 free (tlist
->word
->word
);
11415 tlist
->word
->word
= temp_string
;
11418 /* Make the array into a word list. */
11419 glob_list
= (WORD_LIST
*)NULL
;
11420 for (glob_index
= 0; glob_array
[glob_index
]; glob_index
++)
11422 tword
= make_bare_word (glob_array
[glob_index
]);
11423 glob_list
= make_word_list (tword
, glob_list
);
11428 output_list
= (WORD_LIST
*)list_append (glob_list
, output_list
);
11429 PREPEND_LIST (tlist
, disposables
);
11431 else if (fail_glob_expansion
!= 0)
11433 last_command_exit_value
= EXECUTION_FAILURE
;
11434 report_error (_("no match: %s"), tlist
->word
->word
);
11435 exp_jump_to_top_level (DISCARD
);
11437 else if (allow_null_glob_expansion
== 0)
11439 /* Failed glob expressions are left unchanged. */
11440 PREPEND_LIST (tlist
, output_list
);
11444 /* Failed glob expressions are removed. */
11445 PREPEND_LIST (tlist
, disposables
);
11450 /* Dequote the string. */
11451 temp_string
= dequote_string (tlist
->word
->word
);
11452 free (tlist
->word
->word
);
11453 tlist
->word
->word
= temp_string
;
11454 PREPEND_LIST (tlist
, output_list
);
11457 strvec_dispose (glob_array
);
11458 glob_array
= (char **)NULL
;
11464 dispose_words (disposables
);
11467 output_list
= REVERSE_LIST (output_list
, WORD_LIST
*);
11469 return (output_list
);
11472 #if defined (BRACE_EXPANSION)
11474 brace_expand_word_list (tlist
, eflags
)
11478 register char **expansions
;
11480 WORD_LIST
*disposables
, *output_list
, *next
;
11484 for (disposables
= output_list
= (WORD_LIST
*)NULL
; tlist
; tlist
= next
)
11486 next
= tlist
->next
;
11488 if (tlist
->word
->flags
& W_NOBRACE
)
11490 /*itrace("brace_expand_word_list: %s: W_NOBRACE", tlist->word->word);*/
11491 PREPEND_LIST (tlist
, output_list
);
11495 if ((tlist
->word
->flags
& (W_COMPASSIGN
|W_ASSIGNARG
)) == (W_COMPASSIGN
|W_ASSIGNARG
))
11497 /*itrace("brace_expand_word_list: %s: W_COMPASSIGN|W_ASSIGNARG", tlist->word->word);*/
11498 PREPEND_LIST (tlist
, output_list
);
11502 /* Only do brace expansion if the word has a brace character. If
11503 not, just add the word list element to BRACES and continue. In
11504 the common case, at least when running shell scripts, this will
11505 degenerate to a bunch of calls to `mbschr', and then what is
11506 basically a reversal of TLIST into BRACES, which is corrected
11507 by a call to REVERSE_LIST () on BRACES when the end of TLIST
11509 if (mbschr (tlist
->word
->word
, LBRACE
))
11511 expansions
= brace_expand (tlist
->word
->word
);
11513 for (eindex
= 0; temp_string
= expansions
[eindex
]; eindex
++)
11515 w
= alloc_word_desc ();
11516 w
->word
= temp_string
;
11518 /* If brace expansion didn't change the word, preserve
11519 the flags. We may want to preserve the flags
11520 unconditionally someday -- XXX */
11521 if (STREQ (temp_string
, tlist
->word
->word
))
11522 w
->flags
= tlist
->word
->flags
;
11524 w
= make_word_flags (w
, temp_string
);
11526 output_list
= make_word_list (w
, output_list
);
11530 /* Add TLIST to the list of words to be freed after brace
11531 expansion has been performed. */
11532 PREPEND_LIST (tlist
, disposables
);
11535 PREPEND_LIST (tlist
, output_list
);
11539 dispose_words (disposables
);
11542 output_list
= REVERSE_LIST (output_list
, WORD_LIST
*);
11544 return (output_list
);
11548 #if defined (ARRAY_VARS)
11549 /* Take WORD, a compound array assignment, and internally run (for example),
11550 'declare -A w', where W is the variable name portion of WORD. OPTION is
11551 the list of options to supply to `declare'. CMD is the declaration command
11552 we are expanding right now; it's unused currently. */
11554 make_internal_declare (word
, option
, cmd
)
11563 w
= make_word (word
);
11565 t
= assignment (w
->word
, 0);
11566 if (w
->word
[t
] == '=')
11569 if (w
->word
[t
- 1] == '+') /* cut off any append op */
11570 w
->word
[t
- 1] = '\0';
11573 wl
= make_word_list (w
, (WORD_LIST
*)NULL
);
11574 wl
= make_word_list (make_word (option
), wl
);
11576 r
= declare_builtin (wl
);
11578 dispose_words (wl
);
11582 /* Expand VALUE in NAME[+]=( VALUE ) to a list of words. FLAGS is 1 if NAME
11583 is an associative array.
11585 If we are processing an indexed array, expand_compound_array_assignment
11586 will expand all the individual words and quote_compound_array_list will
11587 single-quote them. If we are processing an associative array, we use
11588 parse_string_to_word_list to split VALUE into a list of words instead of
11589 faking up a shell variable and calling expand_compound_array_assignment.
11590 expand_and_quote_assoc_word expands and single-quotes each word in VALUE
11591 together so we don't have problems finding the end of the subscript when
11594 Words in VALUE can be individual words, which are expanded and single-quoted,
11595 or words of the form [IND]=VALUE, which end up as explained below, as
11596 ['expanded-ind']='expanded-value'. */
11599 expand_oneword (value
, flags
)
11608 /* Indexed array */
11609 l
= expand_compound_array_assignment ((SHELL_VAR
*)NULL
, value
, flags
);
11610 /* Now we quote the results of the expansion above to prevent double
11612 quote_compound_array_list (l
, flags
);
11617 /* Associative array */
11618 l
= parse_string_to_word_list (value
, 1, "array assign");
11619 /* For associative arrays, with their arbitrary subscripts, we have to
11620 expand and quote in one step so we don't have to search for the
11621 closing right bracket more than once. */
11622 for (nl
= l
; nl
; nl
= nl
->next
)
11624 if ((nl
->word
->flags
& W_ASSIGNMENT
) == 0)
11625 t
= sh_single_quote (nl
->word
->word
? nl
->word
->word
: "");
11627 t
= expand_and_quote_assoc_word (nl
->word
->word
, flags
);
11628 free (nl
->word
->word
);
11629 nl
->word
->word
= t
;
11635 /* Expand a single compound assignment argument to a declaration builtin.
11636 This word takes the form NAME[+]=( VALUE ). The NAME[+]= is passed through
11637 unchanged. The VALUE is expanded and each word in the result is single-
11638 quoted. Words of the form [key]=value end up as
11639 ['expanded-key']='expanded-value'. Associative arrays have special
11640 handling, see expand_oneword() above. The return value is
11641 NAME[+]=( expanded-and-quoted-VALUE ). */
11643 expand_compound_assignment_word (tlist
, flags
)
11649 char *value
, *temp
;
11651 /*itrace("expand_compound_assignment_word: original word = -%s-", tlist->word->word);*/
11652 t
= assignment (tlist
->word
->word
, 0);
11654 /* value doesn't have the open and close parens */
11656 value
= extract_array_assignment_list (tlist
->word
->word
+ t
+ 1, &oind
);
11657 /* This performs one round of expansion on the index/key and value and
11658 single-quotes each word in the result. */
11659 l
= expand_oneword (value
, flags
);
11662 value
= string_list (l
);
11663 wlen
= STRLEN (value
);
11665 /* Now, let's rebuild the string */
11666 temp
= xmalloc (t
+ 3 + wlen
+ 1); /* name[+]=(value) */
11667 memcpy (temp
, tlist
->word
->word
, ++t
);
11670 memcpy (temp
+ t
, value
, wlen
);
11674 /*itrace("expand_compound_assignment_word: reconstructed word = -%s-", temp);*/
11676 free (tlist
->word
->word
);
11677 tlist
->word
->word
= temp
;
11682 /* Expand and process an argument to a declaration command. We have already
11683 set flags in TLIST->word->flags depending on the declaration command
11684 (declare, local, etc.) and the options supplied to it (-a, -A, etc.).
11685 TLIST->word->word is of the form NAME[+]=( VALUE ).
11687 This does several things, all using pieces of other functions to get the
11688 evaluation sequence right. It's called for compound array assignments with
11689 the W_ASSIGNMENT flag set (basically, valid identifier names on the lhs).
11690 It parses out which flags need to be set for declare to create the variable
11691 correctly, then calls declare internally (make_internal_declare) to make
11692 sure the variable exists with the correct attributes. Before the variable
11693 is created, it calls expand_compound_assignment_word to expand VALUE to a
11694 list of words, appropriately quoted for further evaluation. This preserves
11695 the semantics of word-expansion-before-calling-builtins. Finally, it calls
11696 do_word_assignment to perform the expansion and assignment with the same
11697 expansion semantics as a standalone assignment statement (no word splitting,
11698 etc.) even though the word is single-quoted so all that needs to happen is
11701 expand_declaration_argument (tlist
, wcmd
)
11702 WORD_LIST
*tlist
, *wcmd
;
11704 char opts
[16], omap
[128];
11705 int t
, opti
, oind
, skip
, inheriting
;
11708 inheriting
= localvar_inherit
;
11710 if (tlist
->word
->flags
& (W_ASSIGNASSOC
|W_ASSNGLOBAL
|W_CHKLOCAL
|W_ASSIGNARRAY
))
11711 opts
[opti
++] = '-';
11713 if ((tlist
->word
->flags
& (W_ASSIGNASSOC
|W_ASSNGLOBAL
)) == (W_ASSIGNASSOC
|W_ASSNGLOBAL
))
11715 opts
[opti
++] = 'g';
11716 opts
[opti
++] = 'A';
11718 else if (tlist
->word
->flags
& W_ASSIGNASSOC
)
11720 opts
[opti
++] = 'A';
11722 else if ((tlist
->word
->flags
& (W_ASSIGNARRAY
|W_ASSNGLOBAL
)) == (W_ASSIGNARRAY
|W_ASSNGLOBAL
))
11724 opts
[opti
++] = 'g';
11725 opts
[opti
++] = 'a';
11727 else if (tlist
->word
->flags
& W_ASSIGNARRAY
)
11729 opts
[opti
++] = 'a';
11731 else if (tlist
->word
->flags
& W_ASSNGLOBAL
)
11732 opts
[opti
++] = 'g';
11734 if (tlist
->word
->flags
& W_CHKLOCAL
)
11735 opts
[opti
++] = 'G';
11737 /* If we have special handling note the integer attribute and others
11738 that transform the value upon assignment. What we do is take all
11739 of the option arguments and scan through them looking for options
11740 that cause such transformations, and add them to the `opts' array. */
11742 memset (omap
, '\0', sizeof (omap
));
11743 for (l
= wcmd
->next
; l
!= tlist
; l
= l
->next
)
11745 if (l
->word
->word
[0] != '-')
11746 break; /* non-option argument */
11747 if (l
->word
->word
[0] == '-' && l
->word
->word
[1] == '-' && l
->word
->word
[2] == 0)
11748 break; /* -- signals end of options */
11749 for (oind
= 1; l
->word
->word
[oind
]; oind
++)
11750 switch (l
->word
->word
[oind
])
11758 omap
[l
->word
->word
[oind
]] = 1;
11760 opts
[opti
++] = '-';
11767 for (oind
= 0; oind
< sizeof (omap
); oind
++)
11769 opts
[opti
++] = oind
;
11771 /* If there are no -a/-A options, but we have a compound assignment,
11772 we have a choice: we can set opts[0]='-', opts[1]='a', since the
11773 default is to create an indexed array, and call
11774 make_internal_declare with that, or we can just skip the -a and let
11775 declare_builtin deal with it. Once we're here, we're better set
11776 up for the latter, since we don't want to deal with looking up
11777 any existing variable here -- better to let declare_builtin do it.
11778 We need the variable created, though, especially if it's local, so
11779 we get the scoping right before we call do_word_assignment.
11780 To ensure that make_local_declare gets called, we add `--' if there
11781 aren't any options. */
11782 if ((tlist
->word
->flags
& (W_ASSIGNASSOC
|W_ASSIGNARRAY
)) == 0)
11786 opts
[opti
++] = '-';
11787 opts
[opti
++] = '-';
11792 /* This isn't perfect, but it's a start. Improvements later. We expand
11793 tlist->word->word and single-quote the results to avoid multiple
11794 expansions by, say, do_assignment_internal(). We have to weigh the
11795 cost of reconstructing the compound assignment string with its single
11796 quoting and letting the declare builtin handle it. The single quotes
11797 will prevent any unwanted additional expansion or word splitting. */
11798 expand_compound_assignment_word (tlist
, (tlist
->word
->flags
& W_ASSIGNASSOC
) ? 1 : 0);
11803 t
= make_internal_declare (tlist
->word
->word
, opts
, wcmd
? wcmd
->word
->word
: (char *)0);
11804 if (t
!= EXECUTION_SUCCESS
)
11806 last_command_exit_value
= t
;
11807 if (tlist
->word
->flags
& W_FORCELOCAL
) /* non-fatal error */
11810 exp_jump_to_top_level (DISCARD
);
11816 t
= do_word_assignment (tlist
->word
, 0);
11819 last_command_exit_value
= EXECUTION_FAILURE
;
11820 exp_jump_to_top_level (DISCARD
);
11824 /* Now transform the word as ksh93 appears to do and go on */
11825 t
= assignment (tlist
->word
->word
, 0);
11826 tlist
->word
->word
[t
] = '\0';
11827 if (tlist
->word
->word
[t
- 1] == '+')
11828 tlist
->word
->word
[t
- 1] = '\0'; /* cut off append op */
11829 tlist
->word
->flags
&= ~(W_ASSIGNMENT
|W_NOSPLIT
|W_COMPASSIGN
|W_ASSIGNARG
|W_ASSIGNASSOC
|W_ASSIGNARRAY
);
11833 #endif /* ARRAY_VARS */
11836 shell_expand_word_list (tlist
, eflags
)
11840 WORD_LIST
*expanded
, *orig_list
, *new_list
, *next
, *temp_list
, *wcmd
;
11841 int expanded_something
, has_dollar_at
;
11843 /* We do tilde expansion all the time. This is what 1003.2 says. */
11844 wcmd
= new_list
= (WORD_LIST
*)NULL
;
11846 for (orig_list
= tlist
; tlist
; tlist
= next
)
11848 if (wcmd
== 0 && (tlist
->word
->flags
& W_ASSNBLTIN
))
11851 next
= tlist
->next
;
11853 #if defined (ARRAY_VARS)
11854 /* If this is a compound array assignment to a builtin that accepts
11855 such assignments (e.g., `declare'), take the assignment and perform
11856 it separately, handling the semantics of declarations inside shell
11857 functions. This avoids the double-evaluation of such arguments,
11858 because `declare' does some evaluation of compound assignments on
11860 if ((tlist
->word
->flags
& (W_COMPASSIGN
|W_ASSIGNARG
)) == (W_COMPASSIGN
|W_ASSIGNARG
))
11861 expand_declaration_argument (tlist
, wcmd
);
11864 expanded_something
= 0;
11865 expanded
= expand_word_internal
11866 (tlist
->word
, 0, 0, &has_dollar_at
, &expanded_something
);
11868 if (expanded
== &expand_word_error
|| expanded
== &expand_word_fatal
)
11870 /* By convention, each time this error is returned,
11871 tlist->word->word has already been freed. */
11872 tlist
->word
->word
= (char *)NULL
;
11874 /* Dispose our copy of the original list. */
11875 dispose_words (orig_list
);
11876 /* Dispose the new list we're building. */
11877 dispose_words (new_list
);
11879 last_command_exit_value
= EXECUTION_FAILURE
;
11880 if (expanded
== &expand_word_error
)
11881 exp_jump_to_top_level (DISCARD
);
11883 exp_jump_to_top_level (FORCE_EOF
);
11886 /* Don't split words marked W_NOSPLIT. */
11887 if (expanded_something
&& (tlist
->word
->flags
& W_NOSPLIT
) == 0)
11889 temp_list
= word_list_split (expanded
);
11890 dispose_words (expanded
);
11894 /* If no parameter expansion, command substitution, process
11895 substitution, or arithmetic substitution took place, then
11896 do not do word splitting. We still have to remove quoted
11897 null characters from the result. */
11898 word_list_remove_quoted_nulls (expanded
);
11899 temp_list
= expanded
;
11902 expanded
= REVERSE_LIST (temp_list
, WORD_LIST
*);
11903 new_list
= (WORD_LIST
*)list_append (expanded
, new_list
);
11907 dispose_words (orig_list
);
11910 new_list
= REVERSE_LIST (new_list
, WORD_LIST
*);
11915 /* The workhorse for expand_words () and expand_words_no_vars ().
11916 First arg is LIST, a WORD_LIST of words.
11917 Second arg EFLAGS is a flags word controlling which expansions are
11920 This does all of the substitutions: brace expansion, tilde expansion,
11921 parameter expansion, command substitution, arithmetic expansion,
11922 process substitution, word splitting, and pathname expansion, according
11923 to the bits set in EFLAGS. Words with the W_QUOTED or W_NOSPLIT bits
11924 set, or for which no expansion is done, do not undergo word splitting.
11925 Words with the W_NOGLOB bit set do not undergo pathname expansion; words
11926 with W_NOBRACE set do not undergo brace expansion (see
11927 brace_expand_word_list above). */
11929 expand_word_list_internal (list
, eflags
)
11933 WORD_LIST
*new_list
, *temp_list
;
11937 tempenv_assign_error
= 0;
11939 return ((WORD_LIST
*)NULL
);
11941 garglist
= new_list
= copy_word_list (list
);
11942 if (eflags
& WEXP_VARASSIGN
)
11944 garglist
= new_list
= separate_out_assignments (new_list
);
11947 if (subst_assign_varlist
)
11949 /* All the words were variable assignments, so they are placed
11950 into the shell's environment. */
11951 for (temp_list
= subst_assign_varlist
; temp_list
; temp_list
= temp_list
->next
)
11953 savecmd
= this_command_name
;
11954 this_command_name
= (char *)NULL
; /* no arithmetic errors */
11955 tint
= do_word_assignment (temp_list
->word
, 0);
11956 this_command_name
= savecmd
;
11957 /* Variable assignment errors in non-interactive shells
11958 running in Posix.2 mode cause the shell to exit, unless
11959 they are being run by the `command' builtin. */
11962 last_command_exit_value
= EXECUTION_FAILURE
;
11963 if (interactive_shell
== 0 && posixly_correct
&& executing_command_builtin
== 0)
11964 exp_jump_to_top_level (FORCE_EOF
);
11966 exp_jump_to_top_level (DISCARD
);
11969 dispose_words (subst_assign_varlist
);
11970 subst_assign_varlist
= (WORD_LIST
*)NULL
;
11972 return ((WORD_LIST
*)NULL
);
11976 /* Begin expanding the words that remain. The expansions take place on
11977 things that aren't really variable assignments. */
11979 #if defined (BRACE_EXPANSION)
11980 /* Do brace expansion on this word if there are any brace characters
11982 if ((eflags
& WEXP_BRACEEXP
) && brace_expansion
&& new_list
)
11983 new_list
= brace_expand_word_list (new_list
, eflags
);
11984 #endif /* BRACE_EXPANSION */
11986 /* Perform the `normal' shell expansions: tilde expansion, parameter and
11987 variable substitution, command substitution, arithmetic expansion,
11988 and word splitting. */
11989 new_list
= shell_expand_word_list (new_list
, eflags
);
11991 /* Okay, we're almost done. Now let's just do some filename
11995 if ((eflags
& WEXP_PATHEXP
) && disallow_filename_globbing
== 0)
11996 /* Glob expand the word list unless globbing has been disabled. */
11997 new_list
= glob_expand_word_list (new_list
, eflags
);
11999 /* Dequote the words, because we're not performing globbing. */
12000 new_list
= dequote_list (new_list
);
12003 if ((eflags
& WEXP_VARASSIGN
) && subst_assign_varlist
)
12005 sh_wassign_func_t
*assign_func
;
12006 int is_special_builtin
, is_builtin_or_func
;
12008 /* If the remainder of the words expand to nothing, Posix.2 requires
12009 that the variable and environment assignments affect the shell's
12011 assign_func
= new_list
? assign_in_env
: do_word_assignment
;
12012 tempenv_assign_error
= 0;
12014 is_builtin_or_func
= (new_list
&& new_list
->word
&& (find_shell_builtin (new_list
->word
->word
) || find_function (new_list
->word
->word
)));
12015 /* Posix says that special builtins exit if a variable assignment error
12016 occurs in an assignment preceding it. */
12017 is_special_builtin
= (posixly_correct
&& new_list
&& new_list
->word
&& find_special_builtin (new_list
->word
->word
));
12019 for (temp_list
= subst_assign_varlist
; temp_list
; temp_list
= temp_list
->next
)
12021 savecmd
= this_command_name
;
12022 this_command_name
= (char *)NULL
;
12023 assigning_in_environment
= (assign_func
== assign_in_env
);
12024 tint
= (*assign_func
) (temp_list
->word
, is_builtin_or_func
);
12025 assigning_in_environment
= 0;
12026 this_command_name
= savecmd
;
12027 /* Variable assignment errors in non-interactive shells running
12028 in Posix.2 mode cause the shell to exit. */
12031 if (assign_func
== do_word_assignment
)
12033 last_command_exit_value
= EXECUTION_FAILURE
;
12034 if (interactive_shell
== 0 && posixly_correct
)
12035 exp_jump_to_top_level (FORCE_EOF
);
12037 exp_jump_to_top_level (DISCARD
);
12039 else if (interactive_shell
== 0 && is_special_builtin
)
12041 last_command_exit_value
= EXECUTION_FAILURE
;
12042 exp_jump_to_top_level (FORCE_EOF
);
12045 tempenv_assign_error
++;
12049 dispose_words (subst_assign_varlist
);
12050 subst_assign_varlist
= (WORD_LIST
*)NULL
;